ActualTests.2V0-620.138Q.

Number: 2V0-620
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 4.2

http://www.gratisexam.com/

I scored 88% in this 2V0-620 exam which would not have been possible without this dump.
Undoubtedly this is rectified and complete questions in every aspect.
While I used this I made many of my concepts clear.
It is absolutely correct exam techniques and training method.
Very Valid,.
Exam A

QUESTION 1
An administrator is performing an interactive installation of ESXi 6.x.

Which three options are available for installation? (Choose three.)

A. DVD
B. USB
C. PXE
D. Scripted
E. Auto Deploy

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is absolute.

QUESTION 2
An administrator is creating a new vSphere Distributed Switch that will be utilized with a specific vSphere
Cluster. The cluster itself contains a mix of ESXi 5.x and 6.x Hosts.

Which Distributed Switch version should be created to support this configuration?

A. Distributed Switch: 6.0.0

B. Distributed Switch: 5.0.0
C. Distributed Switch: 5.1.0
D. Distributed Switch: 5.5.0

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Which two actions are prerequisites to adding ESXi 6.x hosts to a vSphere Distributed Switch? (Choose
two.)

A. Verify that there is at least one Distributed Port Group on the Distributed Switch.
B. Verify that the Distributed Port Group have active uplinks configured in its teaming and failover policy.
C. Verify that the Distributed Switch has been configured with a Network Profile.
D. Verify that Network I/O control for Management Traffic is configured for the highest share value.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
Which three VLAN Tagging modes are available in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. External Switch Tagging

B. Private VLAN Tagging
C. Virtual Switch Tagging
D. VXLAN Tagging
E. Virtual Guest Tagging

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Which three traffic types are available services options when configuring a vmkernel port? (Choose three.)

A. Provisioning Traffic
B. Virtual Volumes Traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC Traffic
D. Virtual SAN Traffic
E. FCoE Traffic

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Which two storage controller configurations can be used with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. SAS controllers in Passthrough mode

B. SAS controllers in RAID0 mode
C. SAS controllers in RAID1 mode
D. SAS controllers in RAID10 mode

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
A company has decided to implement Virtual SAN within their vSphere 6.x environment. The Virtual SAN
cluster will be composed of three ESXi 6.x hosts that are on the Virtual SAN Ready Node list.

Each ESXi host includes:

The company will pilot a Virtual SAN cluster utilizing VMware best practices while maximizing storage
capacity. The Virtual SAN cluster will use Manual Mode.

Which two Disk Group configurations would meet the stated configuration requirements? (Choose two.)
A. 4 disk groups with 1 SSD and 5 MDs each
B. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 7 MDs each
C. 2 disk groups with 2 SSDs and 7 MDs each
D. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 10 MDs each

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
to the point answer.

QUESTION 8
An administrator is creating a new Virtual SAN cluster on a Layer 2 network. There is an existing Virtual
SAN cluster on the same Layer 2 network.

Which two actions would allow the new Virtual SAN cluster to coexist with the older cluster? (Choose two.)

A. Change the default Multicast Address on the new Virtual SAN cluster.
B. Change the default Unicast Address on the new Virtual SAN Cluster.
C. Create a separate VLAN for each cluster.
D. Create an ARP Alias for the Virtual SAN VMkernel Network Adapter.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
perfect answer.

QUESTION 9
Which two Virtual SAN related actions might start resynchronization of virtual machine objects? (Choose
two.)

A. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of replicas.

B. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of replicas.
C. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of disk stripes.
D. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of disk stripes.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Which two NFS Protocol versions does vSphere 6 support? (Choose two.)

A. Version 3
B. Version 3.1
C. Version 4
D. Version 4.1

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
An administrator attempts to create a Thick Provisioned Virtual Disk (VMDK) on an NFS datastore; but it
fails.

Which two reasons would explain the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Datastore is on an NFS 3 storage server that does not support Hardware Acceleration
B. Datastore is on an NFS 4.1 storage server
C. Only VMFS datastores support "Thick Provisioned" VMDK
D. The NFS datastore was not created on a "Thick Provisioned" device

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is rectified.

QUESTION 12
What condition would prevent an administrator from creating a new VMFS3 datastore on an ESXi 6.x host
using the vSphere Web Client?

A. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be created on an ESXi 6.x host.

B. The VMFS3 kernel module is not loaded.
C. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be mounted on an ESXi 6.x host.
D. VMFS3 datastores are not compatible with virtual machines created on an ESXi 6.x host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which two statements are true about VMFS5 datastores on ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual Disk (VMDK) size can be larger than 2TB.

B. Datastore extent size can be larger than 2TB.
C. Only Physical Mode Raw Device Map (Passthrough-RDM) can be larger than 2TB.
D. 2MB block size is required to support larger than 2TB file size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which three conditions would prevent Storage I/O Control from being enabled on a group of datastores?
(Choose three.)

A. The datastores planned for the solution are used by different vSphere clusters.
B. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as a Raw Device Mapping file.
C. A datastore planned for the solution has three extents.
D. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as NFS.
E. The organization has an Enterprise license.

Correct Answer: BCE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
When is it possible to place a VMFS5 datastore in maintenance mode?

A. When it is a member of a Storage DRS cluster

B. When it is a member of Virtual SAN cluster
C. When it is a member of a multi-extent datastore
D. When it is a member of a Virtual Volume

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Refer to the Exhibit.

A vSphere 6.x Standard Switch is configured with 4 virtual machine portgroups, as shown in the exhibit.

Which portgroup would be utilized by default when creating a new virtual machine?

A. Access Network
B. DMZ Network
C. VM Network
D. Virtual Machine Network

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
You are creating a virtual machine in the Web Client using the New Virtual Machine wizard.

Which two steps are required? (Choose two.)

A. Select a valid name.

B. Select a cluster for the compute resource.
C. Select a network adapter.
D. Select the virtual machine compatibility.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
From which two locations in the inventory hierarchy can you deploy a virtual machine using a template?
(Choose two.)

A. Directly from the template.

B. From a compute resource.
C. From an existing virtual machine.
D. From a Datastore.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
An administrator is deploying multiple Windows 2003 Virtual Machines from the same template.

What two steps should be taken to avoid network conflicts? (Choose two.)

A. Customize the guest operating system.

B. Install VMware Tools into the new virtual machines.
C. Copy the Microsoft Sysprep tools onto the vCenter Server system.
D. Ensure the e1000 vmnic is selected for each new virtual machine.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
An ESXi 6.x host consists of 24 logical cores. Hyperthreading is enabled on the host.

What is the maximum number of vCPUs that can be assigned to a virtual machine on this host?
A. 24
B. 48
C. 64
D. 128

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
An administrator has an application that requires connection directly to PCI devices through a virtual
machine.

What is a limitation of this configuration?

A. Devices must be reserved for PCI passthrough on at least one host on which the virtual machine will
run.
B. Snapshots are not supported with DirectPath I/O passthrough devices.
C. A maximum of 18 PCI vSphere DirectPath devices can be added to a virtual machine.
D. Only one PCI controller can be presented to the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the optimal configuration when building a virtual machine for a single-threaded Windows
application?

A. Deploy single-threaded applications on uniprocessor virtual machines.

B. Deploy single-threaded applications on symmetric multi-processor virtual machines.
C. Tune single-threaded applications to take advantage of symmetric multi-processor resources.
D. Tune Single-threaded applications at the hypervisor level.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
A mission-critical virtual machine built on vSphere 4.1 needs to be moved to an ESXi 6.x host.

Which virtual hardware version is needed to move the virtual machine without upgrading?

A. 6
B. 7
C. 10
D. 11

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which two configurable options apply to both virtual machine CPU and memory allocation? (Choose two.)

A. Reservation
B. Shares
C. Resource Pool
D. Reserve All

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
A new vApp was built and tested in the corporate headquarters datacenter running vSphere 6.x.

What condition would explain why the virtual machine is failing to boot in an offsite datacenter running on
vSphere 5.5?

A. The virtual machine was built with the default hardware version.
B. The VMFS 5 datastore is not compatible with virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
C. A DRS 5.5 cluster cannot run virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
D. The VMDK file is locked.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
When modifying a vApp, which two vSphere entities can be added? (Choose two.)

A. A resource pool
B. A network pool
C. A vApp
D. A folder

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
You need to add an object to an existing vApp using the vSphere Web Client. How is this accomplished?

A. Create an Object Inside the vApp.

B. Add an Object to a vApp.
C. Add an Object to the Datastore the vApp is located in.
D. Move all Objects to a new Datastore folder.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
A virtual machine template is accidently removed from the vCenter Server Inventory.

Which method would be used to recover the template back into the environment?

A. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmtx file to inventory.
B. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmx file to inventory.
C. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the
ManagedObjectReference:GuestFileManager object.
D. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the
ManagedObjectReference:VirtualDiskManager object.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
A vApp named Sales has a Memory Limit of 32 GB and a CPU Limit of 12,000 MHz. There are three virtual
machines within the vApp:

Which statement is correct?

A. All three virtual machines can power on, but will have memory contention.
B. All three virtual machines can power on without memory contention.
C. Only two of the three virtual machines can power on.
D. Only one of the virtual machines can power on.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
An administrator is cloning and configuring five new web server virtual machines.

What would be the benefit of configuring resource shares for the new VMs?

A. To prioritize access to a resource during contention.

B. To guarantee access to a resource during contention.
C. To prioritize access to a resource before contention occurs.
D. To guarantee access to a resource before contention occurs.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
An administrator is virtualizing a physical application server and adding it to an existing multi-tiered vApp.
The application license is currently tied to the physical NIC's MAC address, so the administrator needs to
ensure the license will function properly in the virtual machine.

Which two actions can the administrator take to satisfy this task? (Choose two.)

A. Set the MAC address for the vNIC in the guest operating system.
B. Install the physical server's NIC into the ESXi host.
C. Configure the MAC address for the vNIC using the vSphere Web Client.
D. Assign the physical server NIC's MAC address in the vSphere Distributed Switch.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
A virtual machine has been renamed and an administrator is unable to find files with the new virtual
machine name in the datastore.

What is the reason for this?

A. The names of the files on the datastore do not change.

B. The names of the files on the datastore have been corrupted.
C. The virtual machine needs to be re-added to the inventory.
D. The Distributed Resource Scheduler moved the virtual machine to another host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
What is required when changing a virtual machine name using the vSphere Web Client?

A. Verify connectivity to the ESXi host where the virtual machine is running and its inventory list is
accessible.
B. Verify in which datastore the virtual machine resides and that you have access and its inventory list is
accessible.
C. Verify that virtual machine files are stored in the same datastore and can be accessed in the datastore
browser list.
D. Verify the virtual machine is not running in Fault Tolerant mode and that it is not in a Distributed
Resource Scheduler cluster.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which two options would allow a database administrator, with no access to the vSphere infrastructure, to
connect to a virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use the Virtual Machine Remote Console (VMRC).

B. Use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to connect.
C. Ask the vSphere administrator to grant permission to access the console through vCenter Server.
D. Ask the vSphere administrator to grant permission to access with the Horizon View Direct Connect
Client.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
An administrator has a virtual machine that requires four times the compute resources than other virtual
machines on the same ESXi 6.x host.

How should the administrator configure the virtual machine settings, in order to be prepared for any
resource contention?

A. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Low.
B. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High.
C. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Normal.
D. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to Normal and the rest to Low.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
A vApp is running out of compute resources when overall activity is high within the resource pool. At other
times, everything is fine.

What should be done to resolve this issue?

A. Increase the size of the resource pool Shares.

B. Set the vApp's CPU and Memory Reservation Type to Expandable.
C. Set the vApp's CPU and Memory Limit to Unlimited.
D. Create a new resource pool with the existing hardware configuration.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
You want to deploy a vApp and dynamically assign IP addresses without a DHCP server on the network.
 http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which action would you take to accomplish this task?

A. Enable IP pools.
B. Configure a local DHCP server in the vApp.
C. Enable NAT on the vApp router.
D. Configure the guest OS for workgroup and WINS.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
A vApp template recently added to a Content Library is not displayed.

Which two actions could correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Manually synchronize the library

B. Select the Download all library content immediately option
C. Select the Sync subscribed library option
D. Manually download the vApp template

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
When you add an ESXi 6.x host to a new Cluster, which vSphere object owns the CPU and Memory
resources of the hosts?

A. vCenter Server
B. Datacenter
C. Cluster
D. Host

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
An administrator creates a DRS cluster of eight ESXi 6.x hosts. There are 10 virtual machines balanced
across the hosts. An attempt to place the first host into maintenance mode fails.

What are two reasons that the host failed to enter maintenance mode? (Choose two.)
A. The DRS cluster Automation Level is set to Partially Automated mode.
B. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS
Host affinity rule Should run on hosts in group.
C. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS
Host affinity rule Must run on hosts in group.
D. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with an
individual Automation Level set to Partially Automated.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
Which two statements are correct when turning off a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?
(Choose two.)

A. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is maintained.

B. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is removed.
C. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are removed and not maintained when DRS is re-enabled.
D. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are maintained when DRS is re-enabled.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
An administrator enables High Availability (HA) on a Virtual SAN cluster.

Which network is used for HA Network Heatbeat configuration?

A. The Management network.

B. The vMotion network.
C. The Virtual SAN network.
D. The Provisioning Traffic network.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
What are three goals of resource management within a cluster? (Choose three.)

A. To prevent virtual machines from monopolizing resources and to guarantee predictable service rates.
B. To exploit undercommitted resources and overcommit with graceful degradation.
C. To provide solutions to potential problems that you might encounter when using vCenter Server.
D. To control the relative importance of virtual machines and provide flexible dynamic partitioning.
E. To provide additional network administration capabilities.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
Which three features can be enabled for a new host cluster? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Distributed Resource Scheduling

B. High Availability
C. Fault Tolerance
D. Distributed Resource Scheduling
E. Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: BDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
An organization has an ESXi 6.x host that contains two resource pools. The host is being relocated to a
DRS cluster.

What two actions can be taken to integrate the host into the cluster, and what would happen to the existing
ESXi resource pool hierarchy as a result? (Choose two.)

A. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools
present on the host will be deleted.
B. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools
present on the host will be deleted.
C. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools
present on the host will be preserved.
D. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools
present on the host will be preserved.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Which two events happen when Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) is disabled? (Choose two.)

A. The cluster's resource pool heirarchy and affinity rules are re-established when DRS is turned back on.
B. The cluster's resource pool hierarchy and affinity rules are not re-established when DRS is turned back
on.
C. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster.
D. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster and assigned to the hosts.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 47
A High Availability (HA) cluster is configured to respond to a given number of host failures. The cluster
contains virtual machines configured with these settings:

Given this information, what is the correct slot size for the cluster?

A. The CPU Reservation should be set to 32MHz and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB plus
memory overhead.
B. The CPU reservation should be set to 1 GHz and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus
memory overhead.
C. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus
the virtual machine memory overhead.
D. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB, plus
the virtual machine memory overhead.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
Which two High Availability (HA) Cluster admission control policies can help avoid resource fragmentation?
(Choose two.)

A. Define failover capacity by static number of hosts

B. Define failover capacity by reserving a percentage of the cluster resources
C. Use dedicated failover hosts
D. Use Virtual Machine Monitoring

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49
What is a requirement when enabling a Virtual SAN cluster in an existing High Availability (HA) and
Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?

A. Disable DRS and HA before enabling Virtual SAN

B. Enable DRS before enabling Virtual SAN
C. Disable HA before enabling Virtual SAN
D. Enable Storage DRS before enabling Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
What must be enabled to ensure that VM Component Protection (VMCP) works in a High Availability
cluster?

A. VMware Tools Virtual Machine Communication Interface (VMCI)

B. Fault Tolerance
C. Atomic Test and Set (ATS)
D. All Paths Down (APD) Timeout

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
An organization has a number of virtual machines that would benefit from Fault Tolerance. These include:

Which two virtual machines can be configured to use VMware Fault Tolerance? (Choose two.)

A. Apache Server
B. vCenter Server
C. SQL Server
D. Hadoop Server

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
Which three statements are true regarding Fault Tolerance? (Choose three.)

A. Applications need to be continuously available to users.

B. Applications without native clustering capabilities can be protected.
C. Custom clustering solutions are complicated to configure and maintain.
D. Applications that have 16 vCPUs are supported.
E. Prevents application crashes by analyzing the workload and correcting problems.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
Which three features are not supported when using Fault Tolerance in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Virtual Volumes (VVOLS)

B. Storage vMotion
C. Virtual Machine Component Protection
D. vMotion
E. vSphere Distributed Switches

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 54
What is true about resource pools created on a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) cluster?

A. A root resource pool is created with the specified values.

B. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of the ESXi host resources in the
cluster.
C. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of all resources in the datacenter.
D. A root resource pool is not needed when creating resource pools on a DRS cluster.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

-- Exhibit --

An administrator has created the resource pool configuration shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which virtual machine(s) can be successfully powered on?

A. VM-M1 only
B. VM-K1 only
C. VM-K1 and VM-K2 only
D. VM-K1, VM-K2, and VM-M1

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
An administrator is moving a virtual machine into a resource pool. The VM and resource pool are
configured as shown:
VM configuration:

Resource Pool configuration:

What happens to the virtual machine's resource settings when it is moved into the pool?

A. The VM inherits the resource settings of the resource pool if expandable reservations is enabled.
B. The VM's reservations and limits are ignored and removed.
C. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation but receives the 1GB memory reservation.
D. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation and the 1GB Memory limit.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
Which two statements are true regarding VMware vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC)? (Choose two.)

A. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of a cache block size.
B. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying
storage.
C. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying
cache data.
D. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of the disk block size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
An administrator is tasked with performing a vMotion migration of a virtual machine. The virtual machine is
configured as follows:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports multiple virtual flash resources.
B. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports one virtual flash resource.
C. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a preferred affinity to their
current host and moves them only for mandatory reasons.
D. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a required affinity to their
current host and does not move them.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Which two actions are required when enabling vFlash Read Cache for a virtual machine's virtual disk?
(Choose two.)

A. A value in the Virtual Flash Read Cache text box must be entered.
B. A Flash Resource Pool for Cache size reservation must be entered.
C. The Device backing and the block size must be configured.
D. The Enable virtual flash host swap cache check box must be selected.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
vMotion can be performed between which three physical boundaries? (Choose three.)

A. Between two vCenter Server Systems

B. Between two vSphere Distributed Virtual Switches
C. Between two vCenter Server Datacenter objects
D. Between two VMware NSX Layer 4 segments
E. Between two NFS datastores

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
Which three operations occur during a cold migration of a virtual machine? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine disks are moved if the datastore is being changed.
B. The virtual machine is registered with the destination server.
C. The source virtual machine is removed from the old hosts.
D. The virtual machine hardware is upgraded.
E. The virtual machine files are quiesced prior to the migration.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62
An administrator needs to verify that vMotion operations can be performed in a vSphere data center.

What round trip time (RTT) latency is the maximum value that will allow vMotion operations to succeed?

A. 50ms RTT
B. 100ms RTT
C. 150ms RTT
D. 200ms RTT

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 63
Which three are requirements when using vMotion to move a virtual machine across vCenter Server
systems? (Choose three.)

A. Both vCenter Servers must be using Enhanced Linked Mode.

B. Both vCenter Servers must be in the same Single Sign-On Domain.
C. Time must be synchronized.
D. Duplicate VM MAC addresses must be configured.
E. Both vCenter Servers must have High Availability enabled on source and destination clusters.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
An administrator is migrating a virtual machine from a Test cluster to a Production cluster. The two
environments do not have any shared storage.

What is the easiest way to accomplish this task?

A. Perform a Storage vMotion.

B. Perform a regular vMotion.
C. Perform a Virtual to Virtual migration.
D. Perform a backup and restore using VMware Data Protection.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
What is a benefit of using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility for an environment?

A. EVC masks CPU features to allow compatibility between hosts that are dissimilar.
B. EVC allows for cross platform vMotion to occur.
C. EVC enables Long Distance vMotion.
D. EVC enables Storage vMotion functionality.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
Refer to the Exhibit.
-- Exhibit --

An administrator attempts to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) on a cluster. The operation
results in a compatibility error, as shown in the exhibit.

What is the likely cause of this error?

A. The CPUs in the ESXi host are not AMD CPUs.

B. The CPUs in the ESXi host do not support hardware virtualization capabilities.
C. The XD/NX CPU features have not been enabled in the BIOS of the server.
D. There is no shared storage between the hosts in the cluster.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
An administrator is attempting to migrate a large Hadoop virtual machine using vMotion. The administrator
notices a delay when the machine is quiesced. The Hadoop virtual machine is processing many
transactions a second to an in-memory database.

Which two actions would help reduce the amount of time needed to perform a vMotion on this virtual
machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use multiple NICs for the vMotion vmkernel port.

B. Use a 10Gbps Network card for the vMotion vmkernel port.
C. Add an additional management network to help transmit the data quicker.
D. Disable Fault Tolerance before performing the vMotion.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
An administrator attempts to migrate a suspended virtual machine to a newly deployed vSphere 6.x cluster.
The compatibility check fails.

What condition could cause this behavior?

A. The new vSphere 6.x cluster is running Intel CPUs instead of AMD CPUs.
B. A suspended virtual machine cannot be migrated.
C. The hardware virtualization feature of the CPU is not enabled on the new hosts.
D. A vSphere Distributed Switch is required to migrate a suspended virtual machine.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69
An administrator must determine an appropriate backup solution, given these conditions:

Which solution allows an administrator the ability to backup 100 virtual machines?

A. Use Snapshot Manager on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
B. Use the VMware Consolidated Backup (vcb) tool on the ESXi Host to backup the virtual machines.
C. Use the VMware Data Recovery (VDR) Appliance on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual
machines.
D. Use the VMware Data Protection (VDP) Appliance on one of the ESXi Hosts to backup the virtual
machines.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70
A vSphere administrator needs to backup a virtual machine that has a Microsoft SQL Server Database
installed.

Which solution allows for an application quiesce to occur during backup?

A. VMware vCenter Converter

B. VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager
C. VMware vSphere Replication
D. VMware vSphere Data Protection Advanced

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71
Which two statements are true about deploying and using vSphere Replication? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a connection between the two
vSphere Replication appliances.
B. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require a connection between the two vSphere
Replication appliances.
C. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require the use of Site Recovery Manager and a
connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
D. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a single vSphere Replication
appliance.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72
An administrator is attempting to restore a number of files in a directory within the Operating System of a
virtual machine.

How can the administrator restore the files from a previous backup?

A. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Web
Client.
B. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from a web browser in the virtual machine.
C. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from the VMware Data Protection appliance.
D. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Client.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73
What are three valid disk configurations for the vSphere Data Protection 6.x Appliance? (Choose three.)

A. 500GB
B. 1TB
C. 1.5TB
D. 2TB
E. 4TB

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
 http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 74
What is a benefit of using VMware Data Protection (VDP)?

A. Provides support for guest-level backups and restores of Microsoft SQL Servers, Exchange Servers,
and Share Point Servers.
B. Provides support for advanced storage services including replication, encryption, deduplication, and
compression.
C. Provides direct access to VDP configuration integrated into the vSphere Client.
D. Reduces disk space consumed by virtual machine data using deduplication.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75
When configuring vSphere Replication for a virtual machine, what is the lowest Recovery Point Objective
(RPO) that can be selected?

A. 1 min
B. 5 min
C. 10 min
D. 15min

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76
An administrator configures vSphere Replication for a virtual machine and enables multiple point in time
(PIT) instances under the recovery settings in the Configure Replication wizard.

Which two statements are correct for vSphere Replication with multiple point in time instances enabled?
(Choose two.)

A. vSphere Replication retains a number of snapshot instances of the virtual machine on the target site
based on the retention policy that you specify.
B. vSphere Replication uses the virtual machine's snapshot instances to define the target site Point in
Time instance based on the retention policy that you specify.
C. vSphere Replication does not support virtual machines with snapshots.
D. vSphere Replication supports virtual machines with snapshots.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77
Which three actions can be taken as a result of executing the vSphere Update Manager 6.x scan and
remediation wizards? (Choose three.)

A. Install and upgrade software in virtual machines.

B. Upgrade the firmware on ESXi host devices.
C. Upgrade and Patch ESXi hosts.
D. Install and update third-party software on hosts.
E. Upgrade virtual machine hardware.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78
Which three steps must be taken to use vSphere Update Manager 6.x to upgrade an ESXi 5.5 host to
vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Download an ESXi Image.

B. Configure the vSphere Update Manager Download Service.
C. Create a baseline and attach it to the ESXi Host.
D. Scan the vCenter Content Library for the ESXi Image.
E. Remediate the ESXi Host.

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79
vSphere Update Manager allows which two virtual machine attributes to be upgraded? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine firewall policies for NSX.

B. Software Packages in the virtual machine.
C. Virtual machine Hardware Version.
D. VMware Tools Upgrade.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80
An administrator enables vSphere High Availability (HA) on an existing cluster with a large number of hosts
and virtual machines. The administrator notices that the setup of vSphere HA on some of the hosts is
failing.

What step, if taken, might resolve this issue?

A. Increase the value of the config.vpxd.das.electionWaitTimeSec setting.

B. Set the value of vpxd.das.aamMemoryLimit to 256.
C. Set the value of the das.useDefaultIsolationAddress setting to False.
D. Increase the value of the das.iostatsinterval setting.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81
An attempt to enable vSphere Fault Tolerance for a powered-on virtual machine fails.

Which two scenarios would result in this failure? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has three vCPUs configured.

B. The host on which the virtual machine is running has insufficient memory resources.
C. The virtual machine has insufficient resources to accommodate full reservation plus the overhead
memory.
D. VMware High Availability is enabled on the cluster of which this host is a member.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82
An administrator is unable to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch.

What are two likely reasons for this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Vmkernel interfaces on the switch are still in use.

B. VM Network port group adapters are connected to different switch.
C. Physical NICs are migrated to different switch.
D. VM Network adapters are connected to this switch.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83
An administrator is attempting to enable Storage I/O Control on a datastore, but it is failing.

What is the likely reason for this failure?

A. The host is connected to a datastore is running on ESX 4.0.

B. The host is connected to a Fibre Channel storage array.
C. The datastore has multiple extents.
D. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84
Which scenario shows a reason for VMware Tools failing to install?

A. Virtual machine has a CD-ROM configured.

B. Guest OS Antivirus is blocking the VMware Tools installation.
C. Guest OS has 64-bit ldd (list dynamic dependencies) utility installed.
D. Virtual machine is powered on.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85
What are two possible causes of Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) being disabled on one or
more virtual machine disks in a datastore cluster? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance disabled.

B. The virtual machine is a template.
C. The virtual machine swap file is on a shared datastore.
D. The disk is a CD-ROM/ISO file.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86
What may be a cause for failure to unmount an NFS datastore?

A. It has active snapshot files.

B. It is being used for High Availability (HA) heartbeat.
C. It is part of a Cluster.
D. It is managed by Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS).

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87
An administrator is troubleshooting basic network connectivity issues.

Which two scenarios are potential issues that this administrator might face? (Choose two.)

A. The vSwitch is not attached to the correct physical network.

B. The portgroup is not configured to use correct VLAN.
C. Traffic shaping is configured incorrectly.
D. Jumbo frames is configured incorrectly.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88
Why are some virtual machines orphaned after rebooting a High Availability (HA) enabled host?

A. The Orphaned virtual machines have HA restart disabled.

B. The Orphaned virtual machines moved recently and the change did not persist.
C. The host is attached to failed storage.
D. The host just came out of maintenance mode.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but is unable to do so.

Which two reasons are probable causes of the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Storage access to the virtual machine swap file has been lost.
B. One of the virtual machine VMDK files is locked.
C. Virtual machine is running CentOS 7.0 64-bit.
D. Virtual machine has Hyper-Threading enabled.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

A 4 GB Memory virtual machine is experiencing extended memory issues, as shown in the Exhibit.

What potential issues could be attributed to this memory pressure?

A. A limit is imposed on the virtual memory of this virtual machine.
B. The Balloon driver has been uninstalled.
C. A limit has been imposed on the Virtual CPU of the virtual machine.
D. Storage IO control has been enabled for the virtual machine causing the swapped memory.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91
An administrator has unsuccessfully attempted several times to install an Operating System inside a virtual
machine. The administrator finds that the installation fails at random intervals.

Which two actions can be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Verify the md5sum and if invalid, download the installation files again.
B. Attempt the installation an additional time.
C. Attempt to use a different installation media or installation method.
D. Create a new virtual machine and attempt the installation with the existing media.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92
A Fault Tolerance (FT) virtual machine with four vCPUs is experiencing high latency when performing ICMP
and Application tests.

What are three potential causes that may be attributing to this latency? (Choose three.)

A. The FT network has insufficient bandwidth and is running on a 1GB Link.

B. The FT network is on a particularly high latency link.
C. The FT network has been configured with Network I/O Control.
D. The FT virtual machine is running an e1000 network adapter.
E. The FT virtual machine is running on poor performing network-based storage.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93
VMware tools is failing to install on a Microsoft Windows virtual machine.

What are two possible situations that would prevent the installation? (Choose two.)

A. The VMware tools installation media is corrupt.

B. The incorrect Operating System was selected in the virtual machine options.
C. The software prerequisites have not been installed.
D. The prerequisite services have not been started.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but the task is hanging at 95%.

What three scenarios best explain why this problem is happening? (Choose three.)

A. A virtual machine question is currently being posed to the administrator.

B. Another task for the virtual machine or other component is already in progress.
C. The VMware High Availability cluster has insufficient resources to guarantee failover.
D. The host has lost access to the storage device containing the virtual machine files.
E. The host is under resource contention and unable to power on the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95
An application running in a virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. When utilizing performance
monitoring utilities, it is noted that the CPU Utilization of the application is at 100%.

Which two scenarios are probable causes of the CPU contention for the application? (Choose two.)

A. There is a network I/O constraint.

B. There is a storage I/O constraint.
C. There is insufficient disk space assigned to the virtual machine.
D. The application is not virtualization aware.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96
A user is trying to retrieve objects from a SharePoint server and finds the request is taking an excessive
amount of time. An administrator tries to isolate the issue and notes the following:

What conclusion can be reached regarding the performance issues for this virtual machine?

A. Host Power Management is directly impacting virtual machine performance.

B. The virtual machine has a large number of snapshots.
C. The Path Selection Policy for the storage device is set differently on the affected host.
D. Network I/O control is configured for the portgroup.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 97
When attempting to access a virtual machine, an administrator is unable to login using the vSphere
credentials.

What two options are probable causes of the authentication failure? (Choose two.)

A. The vSphere credentials have not been granted permissions.

B. The vSphere credentials are granted read-only permissions.
C. The vSphere credentials are granted no-access permissions.
D. The vSphere credentials are not a member of the local administrator group.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98
A physical Windows 2008 R2 Server is converted to a virtual machine using VMware vCenter Converter.
Upon completion of the conversion and subsequent power on operation, the virtual machine fails to boot
and the message below is observed in the Console of the virtual machine:

STOP 0x0000007B INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE

Which two potential issues may be causing this boot failure? (Choose two.)

A. An incorrect SCSI controller was selected during conversion.

B. Incompatible software drivers were migrated into the virtual machine from the source machine.
C. The vmdk file backing the virtual machine was thick provisioned.
D. A snapshot was taken immediately after the conversion completed.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --
An administrator has been given requirements to configure vMotion for a new virtual machine. The
configuration should:

The vSwitch1 configuration is shown in the Exhibit.

Which three changes should be made to meet the stated requirements? (Choose three.)

A. The VLAN ID must be set appropriately.

B. The default values for MAC Address Changes and Forged Transmits must be altered.
C. The teaming and failover adapters must be set appropriately.
D. The Traffic Shaping configuration must be altered.
E. The Load Balancing Policy must be set appropriately.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100
Refer to the Exhibit.

A storage administrator is not seeing full utilization of all bandwidth from an ESXi host. The vSphere
administrator observes the adapter details, as shown in the Exhibit.

What is the probable cause of this issue?

A. Another path needs to be used to allow full utilization of the bandwidth.

B. The array is not setup to use the correct multipathing policy.
C. There are no virtual machines on the host.
D. No traffic is being sent across it because a path failed.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101
An administrator is using the Host Failures to Tolerate Admission Control Policy for a vSphere High
Availability (HA) cluster. When configuring this setting on the cluster, the administrator sees this error
message:

Insufficient resources to satisfy HA failover level on cluster What are two likely causes for the error?
(Choose two.)

A. The hosts in the cluster are disconnected.

B. A host in the cluster is displaying an HA error.
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler has not been configured on the cluster.
D. Virtual Machine Component Protection has not been turned on.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102
An administrator has been tasked with enabling High Availability (HA) on a cluster in a vSphere 6.x
environment with default settings. The cluster configures properly and there are no errors. The next day
when powering on a virtual machine, an error is presented:

Not Enough Failover Resources

Which three scenarios are likely causes of this error message? (Choose three.)

A. The default VM Monitoring Sensitivity is set too high.

B. There are not enough datastore heartbeat datastores configured by default.
C. The default slot size in the cluster is set too high.
D. There are virtual machines with large CPU reservations.
E. A host is in maintenance mode for a replacement of a failed Hard Drive.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103
An administrator is attempting to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS). When
the administrator attempts to remove the host, the following error is observed:

The resource '16' is still in use.

What three steps are needed to successfully remove the host from the switch? (Choose three.)

A. Select Manage Ports on the vDS for the host.

B. Locate all ports currently in use on the vDS for the host.
C. Migrate or delete any vmkernel or virtual machine adapters associated with the switch.
D. Remove all network cards from the switch before trying to remove the host.
E. Create a standard switch for everything to be automatically be migrated to.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104
The web server should be added to the application when the primary web server reaches:

Which option will achieve this result?

A. Create a virtual machine alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the web
server.
B. Create a host cpu and memory alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the
webserver.
C. Configure HA application monitoring for the web server and set it to trigger deployment of a new
instance of the web server.
D. Configure Fault Tolerance on the virtual machine and leave the secondary machine disabled until
needed.
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105
Which two SMTP Notification Event Details are specific to alarms triggered by events? (Choose two.)

A. User Name
B. Summary
C. Old Status
D. Target

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106
An administrator deploys vRealize Operations into a vSphere 6.x environment. After the deployment, the
administrator notices that badges are not appearing.

What is a likely cause of this behavior?

A. Badges do not appear until you register vRealize Operations with vCenter Server.
B. Badges do not appear until you register a vCenter Server in vRealize Operations.
C. The vRealize Operations appliance needs to be redeployed.
D. The vCenter Server appliance needs to be redeployed.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107
An administrator is only able to see the Health Badge when using the vRealize Operations user interface.
What is the likely cause of this behavior?

A. The vRealize Operations Foundation License is in use.

B. The vmware-sps service failed to start.
C. The vRealize Operations Standard License is in use.
D. The vmware-rbd-watchdog service failed to start.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108
Which two are true about the Risk badge in vRealize Operations? (Choose two.)

A. The Risk badge indicates potential future problems that may degrade the performance of the system.
B. Risks may require attention in the near future.
C. The Risk badge indicates problems that are degrading performance of the system.
D. Risks require attention now to correct system performance problems.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109
A vCenter Operations Manager 5.7 environment is upgraded to vRealize Operations. After the upgrade, the
analytics services fail to start.

Which three steps must be taken to resolve the problem? (Choose three.)

A. Take the vRealize Operations cluster offline.

B. Delete the activity persistence files.
C. Bring the cluster back online.
D. Remove any unresponsive nodes.
E. Stop the CaSA service.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client and sees the warning shown in the Exhibit.

During a change control window, the warning was addressed.

What should be done to verify that the host is no longer showing the warning?

A. Run a Remediate host operation.

B. Recheck the compliance of the host.
C. Restart the host to get rid of the warning.
D. Install VMware tools to clear the warning.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111
What component must be installed prior to deploying a vCenter Server in vSphere 6.x?

A. vCenter Identity Services

B. Platform Services Controller
C. vCenter Single Sign-On
D. Client Integration Plug-In

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112
An administrator is installing vCenter Server for an environment that has 40 ESXi 6.x Hosts and 150 virtual
machines.

Which database would meet the minimal requirements needed for this task?

A. vFabric Postgres
B. Microsoft SQL Express 2008
C. Microsoft SQL Server 2014
D. Oracle 11g

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113
What information is required as part of an interactive ESXi 6.x installation?

A. Keyboard layout
B. IP Address
C. Root password
D. DNS information

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114
After installation of a host in your test environment, you need to move it to production. The only major
change that needs to be made is that the hostname of the server needs to change.

What are two ways that an administrator can change the host name without editing configuration files on
the host directly? (Choose two.)

A. Login to the Direct Console User Interface and change it from here.
B. Edit the Default TCP/IP Configuration from the vSphere Web Client.
C. Use the Ruby vSphere Client to send a script to the ESXi host that updates the hostname.
D. Update the information in DNS and the ESXi host will automatically update with these changes.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115
You are editing the management network configuration of an ESXi 6.x Host from the vSphere Web Client.
You mistakenly put the incorrect VLAN in place for the management network.
What action do you need to take to correct this?
A. You need to manually edit the configuration on the host with command line utilities.
B. No action is required. By default ESXi rolls back configuration changes that disconnect the host.
C. The ESXi host system configuration will need to be restored to the factory configuration to fix the issue.
D. The change can be reverted in the vSphere Web Client by simply editing the switch again.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116
In order for a company to meet regulatory requirements, all ESXi 6.x Hosts must be configured to direct
logs to a syslog server.

What are two ways ESXi hosts can configured for this action? (Choose two)

A. Use the esxcli system syslog command.

B. Edit them in the ESXi host Advanced System Settings.
C. From the Syslog collector user interface of the Web Client.
D. Syslog logging is notavailablefor ESXi Hosts.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator has configured a host profile so that ESXi 6.x hosts will point to the corporate NTP server
for time synchronization. The NTP server is located at 10.0.30.213, but time has not been synchronized
properly across the ESXi hosts.

The administrator reviews Host Profile settings as shown in the Exhibit.

Which two steps are required to resolve the issue? (Choose two.)

A. Correct the NTP server IP address.

B. Check the host for host profile compliance.
C. Remediate the host based on the updated host profile.
D. Change the NTP server to the FQDN as IP Addresses are not supported.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --
-- Exhibit --

An administrator has configured network connectivity for a new virtual machine, as shown in the Exhibit.

What will occur with the network traffic of this virtual machine when communicating externally from
vSwitch1?

A. The virtual machine will communicate on both uplinks

B. The virtual machine will only communicate on vmnic1
C. The virtual machine will only communicate on vmnic2
D. The virtual machine will fail to communicate externally

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119
By default, each ESXi 6.x host is provisioned with a certificate from which root certificate authority?

A. RedHat Certificate Authority

B. VMware Certificate Authority
C. DigiCert Certificate Authority
D. Verisign Certificate Authority

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120
Which two parameters are required when adding an iSCSI target to an iSCSI Software Adapter using
Dynamic Discovery? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device's IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain Name

B. The Port Number
C. The iSCSI device's iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN)
D. The Default Gateway IP Address
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121
What is true regarding datastores on ESXi 6.x?

A. NFS 4.1 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

B. VMFS3 and VMFS5 datastores can be newly created
C. NFS datastore can be concurrently mounted using NFS 4.1 on one host and NFS on another
D. NFS 3.0 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122
Which type of Adapter does not require vmkernel networking?

A. Independent Hardware iSCSI Adapter

B. Dependent Hardware iSCSI Adapter
C. Software iSCSI Adapter
D. Software FCoE Adapter

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123
What are two benefits of using NFS 4.1 with vSphere 6.x as compared to NFS 3? (Choose two.)

A. NFS 4.1 supports Kerberos Authentication

B. NFS 4.1 supports multipathing
C. NFS 4.1 supports IPv6
D. NFS 4.1 supports hardware acceleration

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124
Which vSphere 6 Enterprise Edition feature will allow an organization to ensure that critical multi- threaded
applications have the maximum possible uptime?

A. Fault Tolerance
B. High Availability
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler
D. App HA

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125
Which vSphere 6 Standard Edition feature will allow an organization to ensure that critical multi- threaded
applications have the maximum possible uptime?

A. Fault Tolerance
B. High Availability
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler
D. App HA

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126
What is the effective vSphere licensing level during the 60 day evaluation period?

A. vSphere Foundation Essentials Plus

B. vSphere Standard
C. vSphere Enterprise
D. vSphere Enterprise Plus

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127
Which two networking connection types can be configured on a virtual switch? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine portgroups

B. VMkernel services (such as NFS, iSCSI, or vMotion) to the physical network
C. Web services over the Management Network
D. NFS and FCoE storage services

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128
An administrator needs to monitor traffic on vSwitches in a vSphere 6.x environment.

Which option, if configured, would accomplish this task?

A. Forged Transmits
B. MAC Address Changes
C. Promiscuous Mode
D. Notify Switches

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129
What are two ways to identify TCP/IP stack information? (Choose two.)

A. Using the vSphere Web Client

B. Using esxcli network ip netstack
C. Using esxcfg-netstack
D. Using the vSphere Client

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130
Which three items should be validated prior to installing ESXi 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Remote Storage has been disconnected.

B. Installation media is available.
C. Server hardware clock is set to UTC.
D. Storage has been partitioned with a VMFS volume.
E. Network cards have been setup to use Jumbo Frames.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
authenticate answer.

QUESTION 131
An administrator has just completed installing an ESXi 6.x host, but doesn't know what address has been
configured.

Where is the ESXi host IP address configured?

A. RVC console
B. Direct Console User Interface
C. vSphere Web Client
D. vSphere Client

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 132
An administrator has just configured the IP address on an ESXi host from the Direct Console User
Interface.
How can the configuration be validated as correct without any additional tools?

A. Add the host to vCenter Server and if it works, then all networking settings are ok.
B. Select the Test Management Network option from the DCUI.
C. Connect to the host with the vSphere Client and click the Test Network option.
D. Use PowerCLI to connect to the host and initiate a network test.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133
An administrator has recently installed a new ESXi 6.x Host, and during the configuration notices sporadic
network problems. To check whether the issue occurred sometime during the configuration, the
administrator would like to reset the system.

How can this be accomplished in the shortest amount of time?

A. Run the ESXi installer again and reinstall the host.

B. Select the Reset System Configuration option from the vSphere Client when connected directly to the
host.
C. From the Direct Console User Interface, select Reset System Configuration.
D. Use a host profile to reset the configuration to a default state.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134
Your manager has given you a bash script that retrieves data for ESXi 6.x host configurations. This data
needs to be collected right after the installation of a host and must be run directly on the host.

Which two actions can be used to run this script on an ESXi host? (Choose two.)

A. Connect to the host with Ruby vSphere Console and run the script from there.
B. Enable SSH access from the Direct Console User Interface.
C. Enable the ESXi Shell from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Run the script directly from the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135
What is the default load balancing policy for a newly created VMkernel port on a vSphere Distributed
Switch?
A. Route based on orginating virtual port ID
B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on source mac address
D. Route based on physical NIC load

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136
How are ports scaled on vSphere Standard Switches (vSS)?

A. Ports on a vSS can be dynamically scaled up and down.

B. Ports on a vSS can only be statically scaled up or down.
C. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled down.
D. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled up.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137
How many Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs) can be configured on a vSphere 6.x Distributed Switch?

A. 64
B. 96
C. 128
D. 256

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138
An administrator is configuring the Failover Order option on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options should be used with IP-hash load balancing? (Choose two.)

A. Active Uplinks
B. Standby Uplinks
C. Unused Uplinks
D. Override Failover Order

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
appropriate answer.
http://www.gratisexam.com/
 Passit4Sure.2V0-620.121

Number: 2V0-620
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 4.5

http://www.gratisexam.com/

2V0-620

vSphere 6 Foundations Beta Exam

I just passed today with 89%. My sole focus was the VCE.
Around a third of the questions were similar but a slightly different scenario.
Valid now a days. My most of friends are passing with Premium VCE files so 100% valid.
When you will read this you will definitely clear exam and get good score.
This vce file will definitely help you.
Exam A

QUESTION 1
Which vSphere 6 Standard Edition feature will allow an organization to ensure that critical multi- threaded
applications have the maximum possible uptime?

A. Fault Tolerance
B. High Availability
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler
D. App HA

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
good answer.

QUESTION 2
Which two components can be used when configuring Enhanced Linked Mode? (Choose two.)

A. vCenter Server Appliance

B. vRealize Operations Manager
C. vSphere Management Appliance
D. vCenter Server for Windows

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is approved.

QUESTION 3
What is the effective vSphere licensing level during the 60 day evaluation period?

A. vSphere Foundation Essentials Plus

B. vSphere Standard
C. vSphere Enterprise
D. vSphere Enterprise Plus

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
rectified answer.

QUESTION 4
An administrator is installing vCenter Server for an environment that has 40 ESXi 6.x Hosts and 150 virtual
machines.

Which database would meet the minimal requirements needed for this task?

A. vFabric Postgres
B. Microsoft SQL Express 2008
C. Microsoft SQL Server 2014
D. Oracle 11g
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is straight.

QUESTION 5
What information is required as part of an interactive ESXi 6.x installation?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Keyboard layout
B. IP Address
C. Root password
D. DNS information

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
actual answer.

QUESTION 6
You are editing the management network configuration of an ESXi 6.x Host from the vSphere Web Client.
You mistakenly put the incorrect VLAN in place for the management network.
What action do you need to take to correct this?

A. You need to manually edit the configuration on the host with command line utilities.
B. No action is required. By default ESXi rolls back configuration changes that disconnect the host.
C. The ESXi host system configuration will need to be restored to the factory configuration to fix the issue.
D. The change can be reverted in the vSphere Web Client by simply editing the switch again.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
definite answer.

QUESTION 7
You have just installed an ESXi 6.x Host. As part of your company security regulations, a security banner
must be presented on the console of the host.

How can this action be accomplished?

A. Configure the Advanced Settings > Annotations screen of the ESXi host.
B. This is configured from the Direct Console User Interface configuration menu.
C. It is not possible to configure a security banner for the ESXi host.
D. From vCenter Server, this setting is configured globally in the vCenter Server configuration.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
agree with the given answer.

QUESTION 8
In order for a company to meet regulatory requirements, all ESXi 6.x Hosts must be configured to direct
logs to a syslog server.

What are two ways ESXi hosts can configured for this action? (Choose two)

A. Use the esxcli system syslog command.

B. Edit them in the ESXi host Advanced System Settings.
C. From the Syslog collector user interface of the Web Client.
D. Syslog logging is notavailablefor ESXi Hosts.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Which three items should be validated prior to installing ESXi 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Remote Storage has been disconnected.

B. Installation media is available.
C. Server hardware clock is set to UTC.
D. Storage has been partitioned with a VMFS volume.
E. Network cards have been setup to use Jumbo Frames.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
authenticated.

QUESTION 10
An administrator has just completed installing an ESXi 6.x host, but doesn't know what address has been
configured.

Where is the ESXi host IP address configured?

A. RVC console
B. Direct Console User Interface
C. vSphere Web Client
D. vSphere Client

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
right answer.

QUESTION 11
Your manager has given you a bash script that retrieves data for ESXi 6.x host configurations. This data
needs to be collected right after the installation of a host and must be run directly on the host.
Which two actions can be used to run this script on an ESXi host? (Choose two.)

A. Connect to the host with Ruby vSphere Console and run the script from there.
B. Enable SSH access from the Direct Console User Interface.
C. Enable the ESXi Shell from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Run the script directly from the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which three connection types are available when configuring a vSwitch in the vSphere Web Client?
(Choose three.)

A. VMkernel Network Adapter

B. Physical Network Adapter
C. Virtual Machine Port Group for a Standard Switch
D. vMotion Network Adapter
E. vSAN Network Adapter

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
absolutely perfect answer.

QUESTION 13
How many Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs) can be configured on a vSphere 6.x Distributed Switch?

A. 64
B. 96
C. 128
D. 256

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
An administrator is configuring the Failover Order option on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options should be used with IP-hash load balancing? (Choose two.)

A. Active Uplinks
B. Standby Uplinks
C. Unused Uplinks
D. Override Failover Order

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
An administrator is creating a new vSphere Distributed Switch that will be utilized with a specific vSphere
Cluster. The cluster itself contains a mix of ESXi 5.x and 6.x Hosts.

Which Distributed Switch version should be created to support this configuration?

A. Distributed Switch: 6.0.0

B. Distributed Switch: 5.0.0
C. Distributed Switch: 5.1.0
D. Distributed Switch: 5.5.0

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
true.

QUESTION 16
During a new vSphere Distributed Switch configuration, where does the Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) value get modified?

A. Uplink Settings
B. Switch Settings
C. Portgroup Settings
D. NIC Teaming Settings

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Which two actions are prerequisites to adding ESXi 6.x hosts to a vSphere Distributed Switch? (Choose
two.)

A. Verify that there is at least one Distributed Port Group on the Distributed Switch.
B. Verify that the Distributed Port Group have active uplinks configured in its teaming and failover policy.
C. Verify that the Distributed Switch has been configured with a Network Profile.
D. Verify that Network I/O control for Management Traffic is configured for the highest share value.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
specific answered.

QUESTION 18
Which load balancing policy, previously limited to vSphere Distributed Switches, is now available on
vSphere Standard Switches with vSphere 6.x?

A. Route based on physical NIC workload

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on the originating virtual port
D. Route based on Source MAC Hash

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Which three VLAN Tagging modes are available in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. External Switch Tagging

B. Private VLAN Tagging
C. Virtual Switch Tagging
D. VXLAN Tagging
E. Virtual Guest Tagging

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is Best.

QUESTION 20
Which three traffic types are available services options when configuring a vmkernel port? (Choose three.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Provisioning Traffic
B. Virtual Volumes Traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC Traffic
D. Virtual SAN Traffic
E. FCoE Traffic

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Which two networking connection types can be configured on a virtual switch? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine portgroups

B. VMkernel services (such as NFS, iSCSI, or vMotion) to the physical network
C. Web services over the Management Network
D. NFS and FCoE storage services
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
An administrator is configuring the Maximum Transmission Unit value on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options are typical values for ESXi networking? (Choose two.)

A. 1492
B. 1500
C. 9000
D. 9089

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
An administrator needs to monitor traffic on vSwitches in a vSphere 6.x environment.

Which option, if configured, would accomplish this task?

A. Forged Transmits
B. MAC Address Changes
C. Promiscuous Mode
D. Notify Switches

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which two allow for the disabling of Network Rollback operations? (Choose two.)

A. Modifying the vpxd advanded configuration options and adding the config.vpxd.network.rollback key
B. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the<rollback>
xml tag
C. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the
<networkrollback> xml tag
D. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\firstboot\vpxd-service-spec.prop file and
adjusting the <rollback> xml tag

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
What are two ways to identify TCP/IP stack information? (Choose two.)

A. Using the vSphere Web Client

B. Using esxcli network ip netstack
C. Using esxcfg-netstack
D. Using the vSphere Client

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Which two Fibre Channel zoning options are supported with vSphere 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Single-Initiator
B. Single-Initiator-Single-Target
C. Multiple-Initiators-Single-Target
D. Multiple-Initiators-Multiple-Targets

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
genuine answer.

QUESTION 27
Which two parameters are required when adding an iSCSI target to an iSCSI Software Adapter using
Dynamic Discovery? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device's IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain Name

B. The Port Number
C. The iSCSI device's iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN)
D. The Default Gateway IP Address

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
What is true regarding datastores on ESXi 6.x?

A. NFS 4.1 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

B. VMFS3 and VMFS5 datastores can be newly created
C. NFS datastore can be concurrently mounted using NFS 4.1 on one host and NFS on another
D. NFS 3.0 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 29
Which type of Adapter does not require vmkernel networking?

A. Independent Hardware iSCSI Adapter

B. Dependent Hardware iSCSI Adapter
C. Software iSCSI Adapter
D. Software FCoE Adapter

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Best answer.

QUESTION 30
What are two benefits of using NFS 4.1 with vSphere 6.x as compared to NFS 3? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. NFS 4.1 supports Kerberos Authentication

B. NFS 4.1 supports multipathing
C. NFS 4.1 supports IPv6
D. NFS 4.1 supports hardware acceleration

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
nicely answered.

QUESTION 31
Which two storage controller configurations can be used with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

A. SAS controllers in Passthrough mode

B. SAS controllers in RAID0 mode
C. SAS controllers in RAID1 mode
D. SAS controllers in RAID10 mode

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
right.

QUESTION 32
A company has decided to implement Virtual SAN within their vSphere 6.x environment. The Virtual SAN
cluster will be composed of three ESXi 6.x hosts that are on the Virtual SAN Ready Node list.

Each ESXi host includes:

The company will pilot a Virtual SAN cluster utilizing VMware best practices while maximizing storage
capacity. The Virtual SAN cluster will use Manual Mode.

Which two Disk Group configurations would meet the stated configuration requirements? (Choose two.)

A. 4 disk groups with 1 SSD and 5 MDs each

B. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 7 MDs each
C. 2 disk groups with 2 SSDs and 7 MDs each
D. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 10 MDs each

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
An administrator is creating a new Virtual SAN cluster on a Layer 2 network. There is an existing Virtual
SAN cluster on the same Layer 2 network.

Which two actions would allow the new Virtual SAN cluster to coexist with the older cluster? (Choose two.)

A. Change the default Multicast Address on the new Virtual SAN cluster.
B. Change the default Unicast Address on the new Virtual SAN Cluster.
C. Create a separate VLAN for each cluster.
D. Create an ARP Alias for the Virtual SAN VMkernel Network Adapter.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is proper.

QUESTION 34
Which two Virtual SAN related actions might start resynchronization of virtual machine objects? (Choose
two.)

A. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of replicas.

B. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of replicas.
C. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of disk stripes.
D. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of disk stripes.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Which two NFS Protocol versions does vSphere 6 support? (Choose two.)

A. Version 3
B. Version 3.1
C. Version 4
D. Version 4.1
Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
An administrator attempts to create a Thick Provisioned Virtual Disk (VMDK) on an NFS datastore; but it
fails.

Which two reasons would explain the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Datastore is on an NFS 3 storage server that does not support Hardware Acceleration
B. Datastore is on an NFS 4.1 storage server
C. Only VMFS datastores support "Thick Provisioned" VMDK
D. The NFS datastore was not created on a "Thick Provisioned" device

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 37
What condition would prevent an administrator from creating a new VMFS3 datastore on an ESXi 6.x host
using the vSphere Web Client?

A. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be created on an ESXi 6.x host.

B. The VMFS3 kernel module is not loaded.
C. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be mounted on an ESXi 6.x host.
D. VMFS3 datastores are not compatible with virtual machines created on an ESXi 6.x host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 38
Which two statements are true about VMFS5 datastores on ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual Disk (VMDK) size can be larger than 2TB.

B. Datastore extent size can be larger than 2TB.
C. Only Physical Mode Raw Device Map (Passthrough-RDM) can be larger than 2TB.
D. 2MB block size is required to support larger than 2TB file size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 39
Which three conditions would prevent Storage I/O Control from being enabled on a group of datastores?
(Choose three.)
A. The datastores planned for the solution are used by different vSphere clusters.
B. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as a Raw Device Mapping file.
C. A datastore planned for the solution has three extents.
D. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as NFS.
E. The organization has an Enterprise license.

Correct Answer: BCE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
When is it possible to place a VMFS5 datastore in maintenance mode?

A. When it is a member of a Storage DRS cluster

B. When it is a member of Virtual SAN cluster
C. When it is a member of a multi-extent datastore
D. When it is a member of a Virtual Volume

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
up to dated answer.

QUESTION 41
Refer to the Exhibit.

A vSphere 6.x Standard Switch is configured with 4 virtual machine portgroups, as shown in the exhibit.

Which portgroup would be utilized by default when creating a new virtual machine?

A. Access Network
B. DMZ Network
C. VM Network
D. Virtual Machine Network

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
You are creating a virtual machine in the Web Client using the New Virtual Machine wizard.

Which two steps are required? (Choose two.)

A. Select a valid name.

B. Select a cluster for the compute resource.
C. Select a network adapter.
D. Select the virtual machine compatibility.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is verified.

QUESTION 43
From which two locations in the inventory hierarchy can you deploy a virtual machine using a template?
(Choose two.)

A. Directly from the template.

B. From a compute resource.
C. From an existing virtual machine.
D. From a Datastore.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
genuine answer.

QUESTION 44
An administrator is deploying multiple Windows 2003 Virtual Machines from the same template.

What two steps should be taken to avoid network conflicts? (Choose two.)

A. Customize the guest operating system.

B. Install VMware Tools into the new virtual machines.
C. Copy the Microsoft Sysprep tools onto the vCenter Server system.
D. Ensure the e1000 vmnic is selected for each new virtual machine.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
obvious answer.

QUESTION 45
An ESXi 6.x host consists of 24 logical cores. Hyperthreading is enabled on the host.

What is the maximum number of vCPUs that can be assigned to a virtual machine on this host?

A. 24
B. 48
C. 64
D. 128

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
An administrator has an application that requires connection directly to PCI devices through a virtual
machine.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What is a limitation of this configuration?

A. Devices must be reserved for PCI passthrough on at least one host on which the virtual machine will
run.
B. Snapshots are not supported with DirectPath I/O passthrough devices.
C. A maximum of 18 PCI vSphere DirectPath devices can be added to a virtual machine.
D. Only one PCI controller can be presented to the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
good answer.

QUESTION 47
What is the optimal configuration when building a virtual machine for a single-threaded Windows
application?

A. Deploy single-threaded applications on uniprocessor virtual machines.

B. Deploy single-threaded applications on symmetric multi-processor virtual machines.
C. Tune single-threaded applications to take advantage of symmetric multi-processor resources.
D. Tune Single-threaded applications at the hypervisor level.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
A mission-critical virtual machine built on vSphere 4.1 needs to be moved to an ESXi 6.x host.
Which virtual hardware version is needed to move the virtual machine without upgrading?

A. 6
B. 7
C. 10
D. 11

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
exact answer.

QUESTION 49
Which two configurable options apply to both virtual machine CPU and memory allocation? (Choose two.)

A. Reservation
B. Shares
C. Resource Pool
D. Reserve All

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
selected answer is perfect.

QUESTION 50
A new vApp was built and tested in the corporate headquarters datacenter running vSphere 6.x.

What condition would explain why the virtual machine is failing to boot in an offsite datacenter running on
vSphere 5.5?

A. The virtual machine was built with the default hardware version.
B. The VMFS 5 datastore is not compatible with virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
C. A DRS 5.5 cluster cannot run virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
D. The VMDK file is locked.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
When modifying a vApp, which two vSphere entities can be added? (Choose two.)

A. A resource pool
B. A network pool
C. A vApp
D. A folder

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
answer is justified.

QUESTION 52
You need to add an object to an existing vApp using the vSphere Web Client. How is this accomplished?

A. Create an Object Inside the vApp.

B. Add an Object to a vApp.
C. Add an Object to the Datastore the vApp is located in.
D. Move all Objects to a new Datastore folder.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 53
An administrator is cloning and configuring five new web server virtual machines.

What would be the benefit of configuring resource shares for the new VMs?

A. To prioritize access to a resource during contention.

B. To guarantee access to a resource during contention.
C. To prioritize access to a resource before contention occurs.
D. To guarantee access to a resource before contention occurs.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 54
An administrator is virtualizing a physical application server and adding it to an existing multi-tiered vApp.
The application license is currently tied to the physical NIC's MAC address, so the administrator needs to
ensure the license will function properly in the virtual machine.

Which two actions can the administrator take to satisfy this task? (Choose two.)

A. Set the MAC address for the vNIC in the guest operating system.
B. Install the physical server's NIC into the ESXi host.
C. Configure the MAC address for the vNIC using the vSphere Web Client.
D. Assign the physical server NIC's MAC address in the vSphere Distributed Switch.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
reliable answer.

QUESTION 55
What is required when changing a virtual machine name using the vSphere Web Client?

A. Verify connectivity to the ESXi host where the virtual machine is running and its inventory list is
accessible.
B. Verify in which datastore the virtual machine resides and that you have access and its inventory list is
accessible.
C. Verify that virtual machine files are stored in the same datastore and can be accessed in the datastore
browser list.
D. Verify the virtual machine is not running in Fault Tolerant mode and that it is not in a Distributed
Resource Scheduler cluster.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
righteous.

QUESTION 56
An administrator has a virtual machine that requires four times the compute resources than other virtual
machines on the same ESXi 6.x host.

How should the administrator configure the virtual machine settings, in order to be prepared for any
resource contention?

A. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Low.
B. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High.
C. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Normal.
D. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to Normal and the rest to Low.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
A vApp template recently added to a Content Library is not displayed.

Which two actions could correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Manually synchronize the library

B. Select the Download all library content immediately option
C. Select the Sync subscribed library option
D. Manually download the vApp template

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
An administrator creates a DRS cluster of eight ESXi 6.x hosts. There are 10 virtual machines balanced
across the hosts. An attempt to place the first host into maintenance mode fails.

What are two reasons that the host failed to enter maintenance mode? (Choose two.)

A. The DRS cluster Automation Level is set to Partially Automated mode.

B. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS
Host affinity rule Should run on hosts in group.
C. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS
 Host affinity rule Must run on hosts in group.
D. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with an
individual Automation Level set to Partially Automated.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Which three features can be enabled for a new host cluster? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Distributed Resource Scheduling

B. High Availability
C. Fault Tolerance
D. Distributed Resource Scheduling
E. Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: BDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
An organization has an ESXi 6.x host that contains two resource pools. The host is being relocated to a
DRS cluster.

What two actions can be taken to integrate the host into the cluster, and what would happen to the existing
ESXi resource pool hierarchy as a result? (Choose two.)

A. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools
present on the host will be deleted.
B. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools
present on the host will be deleted.
C. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools
present on the host will be preserved.
D. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools
present on the host will be preserved.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
Which two events happen when Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) is disabled? (Choose two.)

A. The cluster's resource pool heirarchy and affinity rules are re-established when DRS is turned back on.
B. The cluster's resource pool hierarchy and affinity rules are not re-established when DRS is turned back
on.
C. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster.
D. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster and assigned to the hosts.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 62
A High Availability (HA) cluster is configured to respond to a given number of host failures. The cluster
contains virtual machines configured with these settings:

Given this information, what is the correct slot size for the cluster?

A. The CPU Reservation should be set to 32MHz and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB plus
memory overhead.
B. The CPU reservation should be set to 1 GHz and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus
memory overhead.
C. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus
the virtual machine memory overhead.
D. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB, plus
the virtual machine memory overhead.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
accurate.

QUESTION 63
Which two High Availability (HA) Cluster admission control policies can help avoid resource fragmentation?
(Choose two.)

A. Define failover capacity by static number of hosts

B. Define failover capacity by reserving a percentage of the cluster resources
C. Use dedicated failover hosts
D. Use Virtual Machine Monitoring

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
What is a requirement when enabling a Virtual SAN cluster in an existing High Availability (HA) and
Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?

A. Disable DRS and HA before enabling Virtual SAN

B. Enable DRS before enabling Virtual SAN
C. Disable HA before enabling Virtual SAN
D. Enable Storage DRS before enabling Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 65
What must be enabled to ensure that VM Component Protection (VMCP) works in a High Availability
cluster?

A. VMware Tools Virtual Machine Communication Interface (VMCI)

B. Fault Tolerance
C. Atomic Test and Set (ATS)
D. All Paths Down (APD) Timeout

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
An organization has a number of virtual machines that would benefit from Fault Tolerance. These include:

Which two virtual machines can be configured to use VMware Fault Tolerance? (Choose two.)

A. Apache Server
B. vCenter Server
C. SQL Server
D. Hadoop Server

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
ALL right.

QUESTION 67
Which three statements are true regarding Fault Tolerance? (Choose three.)

A. Applications need to be continuously available to users.

B. Applications without native clustering capabilities can be protected.
C. Custom clustering solutions are complicated to configure and maintain.
D. Applications that have 16 vCPUs are supported.
E. Prevents application crashes by analyzing the workload and correcting problems.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is upgraded.

QUESTION 68
Which three features are not supported when using Fault Tolerance in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Virtual Volumes (VVOLS)

B. Storage vMotion
C. Virtual Machine Component Protection
D. vMotion
E. vSphere Distributed Switches

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 69
What is true about resource pools created on a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) cluster?

A. A root resource pool is created with the specified values.

B. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of the ESXi host resources in the
cluster.
C. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of all resources in the
datacenter.
D. A root resource pool is not needed when creating resource pools on a DRS cluster.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

-- Exhibit --

An administrator has created the resource pool configuration shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which virtual machine(s) can be successfully powered on?

A. VM-M1 only
B. VM-K1 only
C. VM-K1 and VM-K2 only
D. VM-K1, VM-K2, and VM-M1

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 71
An administrator is moving a virtual machine into a resource pool. The VM and resource pool are
configured as shown:

VM configuration:

Resource Pool configuration:

What happens to the virtual machine's resource settings when it is moved into the pool?

A. The VM inherits the resource settings of the resource pool if expandable reservations is enabled.
B. The VM's reservations and limits are ignored and removed.
C. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation but receives the 1GB memory reservation.
D. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation and the 1GB Memory limit.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
real answer.

QUESTION 72
Which two statements are true regarding VMware vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC)? (Choose two.)

A. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of a cache block size.
B. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying
storage.
C. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying
cache data.
D. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of the disk block size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is great.

QUESTION 73
An administrator is tasked with performing a vMotion migration of a virtual machine. The virtual machine is
configured as follows:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports multiple virtual flash resources.
B. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports one virtual flash resource.
C. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a preferred affinity to their
current host and moves them only for mandatory reasons.
D. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a required affinity to their
current host and does not move them.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 74
Which two actions are required when enabling vFlash Read Cache for a virtual machine's virtual disk?
(Choose two.)

A. A value in the Virtual Flash Read Cache text box must be entered.
B. A Flash Resource Pool for Cache size reservation must be entered.
C. The Device backing and the block size must be configured.
D. The Enable virtual flash host swap cache check box must be selected.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is sophisticated.

QUESTION 75
vMotion can be performed between which three physical boundaries? (Choose three.)

A. Between two vCenter Server Systems

B. Between two vSphere Distributed Virtual Switches
C. Between two vCenter Server Datacenter objects
D. Between two VMware NSX Layer 4 segments
E. Between two NFS datastores

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 76
Which three operations occur during a cold migration of a virtual machine? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine disks are moved if the datastore is being changed.
B. The virtual machine is registered with the destination server.
C. The source virtual machine is removed from the old hosts.
D. The virtual machine hardware is upgraded.
E. The virtual machine files are quiesced prior to the migration.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 77
An administrator needs to verify that vMotion operations can be performed in a vSphere data center.

What round trip time (RTT) latency is the maximum value that will allow vMotion operations to succeed?

A. 50ms RTT
B. 100ms RTT
C. 150ms RTT
D. 200ms RTT

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 78
Which three are requirements when using vMotion to move a virtual machine across vCenter Server
systems? (Choose three.)

A. Both vCenter Servers must be using Enhanced Linked Mode.

B. Both vCenter Servers must be in the same Single Sign-On Domain.
C. Time must be synchronized.
D. Duplicate VM MAC addresses must be configured.
E. Both vCenter Servers must have High Availability enabled on source and destination clusters.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 79
An administrator is migrating a virtual machine from a Test cluster to a Production cluster. The two
environments do not have any shared storage.

What is the easiest way to accomplish this task?

A. Perform a Storage vMotion.

B. Perform a regular vMotion.
C. Perform a Virtual to Virtual migration.
D. Perform a backup and restore using VMware Data Protection.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 80
What is a benefit of using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility for an environment?

A. EVC masks CPU features to allow compatibility between hosts that are dissimilar.
B. EVC allows for cross platform vMotion to occur.
C. EVC enables Long Distance vMotion.
D. EVC enables Storage vMotion functionality.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81
Refer to the Exhibit.
-- Exhibit --

An administrator attempts to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) on a cluster. The operation
results in a compatibility error, as shown in the exhibit.

What is the likely cause of this error?

A. The CPUs in the ESXi host are not AMD CPUs.

B. The CPUs in the ESXi host do not support hardware virtualization capabilities.
C. The XD/NX CPU features have not been enabled in the BIOS of the server.
D. There is no shared storage between the hosts in the cluster.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82
An administrator is attempting to migrate a large Hadoop virtual machine using vMotion. The administrator
notices a delay when the machine is quiesced. The Hadoop virtual machine is processing many
transactions a second to an in-memory database.

Which two actions would help reduce the amount of time needed to perform a vMotion on this virtual
machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use multiple NICs for the vMotion vmkernel port.

B. Use a 10Gbps Network card for the vMotion vmkernel port.
C. Add an additional management network to help transmit the data quicker.
D. Disable Fault Tolerance before performing the vMotion.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83
An administrator attempts to migrate a suspended virtual machine to a newly deployed vSphere 6.x cluster.
The compatibility check fails.

What condition could cause this behavior?

A. The new vSphere 6.x cluster is running Intel CPUs instead of AMD CPUs.
B. A suspended virtual machine cannot be migrated.
C. The hardware virtualization feature of the CPU is not enabled on the new hosts.
D. A vSphere Distributed Switch is required to migrate a suspended virtual machine.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84
An administrator must determine an appropriate backup solution, given these conditions:

Which solution allows an administrator the ability to backup 100 virtual machines?

A. Use Snapshot Manager on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
B. Use the VMware Consolidated Backup (vcb) tool on the ESXi Host to backup the virtual machines.
C. Use the VMware Data Recovery (VDR) Appliance on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual
machines.
D. Use the VMware Data Protection (VDP) Appliance on one of the ESXi Hosts to backup the virtual
machines.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
reliable.

QUESTION 85
A vSphere administrator needs to backup a virtual machine that has a Microsoft SQL Server Database
installed.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which solution allows for an application quiesce to occur during backup?

A. VMware vCenter Converter

B. VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager
C. VMware vSphere Replication
D. VMware vSphere Data Protection Advanced

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86
Which two statements are true about deploying and using vSphere Replication? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a connection between the two
vSphere Replication appliances.
B. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require a connection between the two vSphere
Replication appliances.
C. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require the use of Site Recovery Manager and a
connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
D. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a single vSphere Replication
appliance.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87
An administrator is attempting to restore a number of files in a directory within the Operating System of a
virtual machine.

How can the administrator restore the files from a previous backup?

A. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Web
Client.
B. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from a web browser in the virtual machine.
C. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from the VMware Data Protection appliance.
D. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Client.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88
What are three valid disk configurations for the vSphere Data Protection 6.x Appliance? (Choose three.)

A. 500GB
B. 1TB
C. 1.5TB
D. 2TB
E. 4TB

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89
What is a benefit of using VMware Data Protection (VDP)?

A. Provides support for guest-level backups and restores of Microsoft SQL Servers, Exchange Servers,
and Share Point Servers.
B. Provides support for advanced storage services including replication, encryption, deduplication, and
compression.
C. Provides direct access to VDP configuration integrated into the vSphere Client.
D. Reduces disk space consumed by virtual machine data using deduplication.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90
When configuring vSphere Replication for a virtual machine, what is the lowest Recovery Point Objective
(RPO) that can be selected?

A. 1 min
B. 5 min
C. 10 min
D. 15min

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91
An administrator configures vSphere Replication for a virtual machine and enables multiple point in time
(PIT) instances under the recovery settings in the Configure Replication wizard.

Which two statements are correct for vSphere Replication with multiple point in time instances enabled?
(Choose two.)

A. vSphere Replication retains a number of snapshot instances of the virtual machine on the target site
based on the retention policy that you specify.
B. vSphere Replication uses the virtual machine's snapshot instances to define the target site Point in
Time instance based on the retention policy that you specify.
C. vSphere Replication does not support virtual machines with snapshots.
D. vSphere Replication supports virtual machines with snapshots.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92
Which three actions can be taken as a result of executing the vSphere Update Manager 6.x scan and
remediation wizards? (Choose three.)
A. Install and upgrade software in virtual machines.
B. Upgrade the firmware on ESXi host devices.
C. Upgrade and Patch ESXi hosts.
D. Install and update third-party software on hosts.
E. Upgrade virtual machine hardware.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93
Which three steps must be taken to use vSphere Update Manager 6.x to upgrade an ESXi 5.5 host to
vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Download an ESXi Image.

B. Configure the vSphere Update Manager Download Service.
C. Create a baseline and attach it to the ESXi Host.
D. Scan the vCenter Content Library for the ESXi Image.
E. Remediate the ESXi Host.

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94
vSphere Update Manager allows which two virtual machine attributes to be upgraded? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine firewall policies for NSX.

B. Software Packages in the virtual machine.
C. Virtual machine Hardware Version.
D. VMware Tools Upgrade.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95
An administrator enables vSphere High Availability (HA) on an existing cluster with a large number of hosts
and virtual machines. The administrator notices that the setup of vSphere HA on some of the hosts is
failing.

What step, if taken, might resolve this issue?

A. Increase the value of the config.vpxd.das.electionWaitTimeSec setting.

B. Set the value of vpxd.das.aamMemoryLimit to 256.
C. Set the value of the das.useDefaultIsolationAddress setting to False.
D. Increase the value of the das.iostatsinterval setting.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96
An attempt to enable vSphere Fault Tolerance for a powered-on virtual machine fails.

Which two scenarios would result in this failure? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has three vCPUs configured.

B. The host on which the virtual machine is running has insufficient memory resources.
C. The virtual machine has insufficient resources to accommodate full reservation plus the overhead
memory.
D. VMware High Availability is enabled on the cluster of which this host is a member.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97
An administrator is unable to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch.

What are two likely reasons for this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Vmkernel interfaces on the switch are still in use.

B. VM Network port group adapters are connected to different switch.
C. Physical NICs are migrated to different switch.
D. VM Network adapters are connected to this switch.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98
An administrator is attempting to enable Storage I/O Control on a datastore, but it is failing.

What is the likely reason for this failure?

A. The host is connected to a datastore is running on ESX 4.0.

B. The host is connected to a Fibre Channel storage array.
C. The datastore has multiple extents.
D. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99
Which scenario shows a reason for VMware Tools failing to install?
A. Virtual machine has a CD-ROM configured.
B. Guest OS Antivirus is blocking the VMware Tools installation.
C. Guest OS has 64-bit ldd (list dynamic dependencies) utility installed.
D. Virtual machine is powered on.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100
What are two possible causes of Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) being disabled on one
or more virtual machine disks in a datastore cluster? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance disabled.

B. The virtual machine is a template.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The virtual machine swap file is on a shared datastore.

D. The disk is a CD-ROM/ISO file.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101
What may be a cause for failure to unmount an NFS datastore?

A. It has active snapshot files.

B. It is being used for High Availability (HA) heartbeat.
C. It is part of a Cluster.
D. It is managed by Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS).

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
straight answer.

QUESTION 102
An administrator is troubleshooting basic network connectivity issues.

Which two scenarios are potential issues that this administrator might face? (Choose two.)

A. The vSwitch is not attached to the correct physical network.

B. The portgroup is not configured to use correct VLAN.
C. Traffic shaping is configured incorrectly.
D. Jumbo frames is configured incorrectly.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
perfect answer.

QUESTION 103
Why are some virtual machines orphaned after rebooting a High Availability (HA) enabled host?

A. The Orphaned virtual machines have HA restart disabled.

B. The Orphaned virtual machines moved recently and the change did not persist.
C. The host is attached to failed storage.
D. The host just came out of maintenance mode.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is straight.

QUESTION 104
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but is unable to do so.

Which two reasons are probable causes of the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Storage access to the virtual machine swap file has been lost.
B. One of the virtual machine VMDK files is locked.
C. Virtual machine is running CentOS 7.0 64-bit.
D. Virtual machine has Hyper-Threading enabled.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
to the point.

QUESTION 105
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

A 4 GB Memory virtual machine is experiencing extended memory issues, as shown in the Exhibit.
What potential issues could be attributed to this memory pressure?

A. A limit is imposed on the virtual memory of this virtual machine.

B. The Balloon driver has been uninstalled.
C. A limit has been imposed on the Virtual CPU of the virtual machine.
D. Storage IO control has been enabled for the virtual machine causing the swapped memory.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106
An administrator has unsuccessfully attempted several times to install an Operating System inside a virtual
machine. The administrator finds that the installation fails at random intervals.

Which two actions can be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Verify the md5sum and if invalid, download the installation files again.
B. Attempt the installation an additional time.
C. Attempt to use a different installation media or installation method.
D. Create a new virtual machine and attempt the installation with the existing media.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107
A Fault Tolerance (FT) virtual machine with four vCPUs is experiencing high latency when performing
ICMP and Application tests.

What are three potential causes that may be attributing to this latency? (Choose three.)

A. The FT network has insufficient bandwidth and is running on a 1GB Link.

B. The FT network is on a particularly high latency link.
C. The FT network has been configured with Network I/O Control.
D. The FT virtual machine is running an e1000 network adapter.
E. The FT virtual machine is running on poor performing network-based storage.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108
VMware tools is failing to install on a Microsoft Windows virtual machine.

What are two possible situations that would prevent the installation? (Choose two.)

A. The VMware tools installation media is corrupt.

B. The incorrect Operating System was selected in the virtual machine options.
C. The software prerequisites have not been installed.
D. The prerequisite services have not been started.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but the task is hanging at 95%.

What three scenarios best explain why this problem is happening? (Choose three.)

A. A virtual machine question is currently being posed to the administrator.

B. Another task for the virtual machine or other component is already in progress.
C. The VMware High Availability cluster has insufficient resources to guarantee failover.
D. The host has lost access to the storage device containing the virtual machine files.
E. The host is under resource contention and unable to power on the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 110
An application running in a virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. When utilizing
performance monitoring utilities, it is noted that the CPU Utilization of the application is at 100%.

Which two scenarios are probable causes of the CPU contention for the application? (Choose two.)

A. There is a network I/O constraint.

B. There is a storage I/O constraint.
C. There is insufficient disk space assigned to the virtual machine.
D. The application is not virtualization aware.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
absolute answer.

QUESTION 111
A user is trying to retrieve objects from a SharePoint server and finds the request is taking an excessive
amount of time. An administrator tries to isolate the issue and notes the following:

What conclusion can be reached regarding the performance issues for this virtual machine?

A. Host Power Management is directly impacting virtual machine performance.

B. The virtual machine has a large number of snapshots.
C. The Path Selection Policy for the storage device is set differently on the affected host.
D. Network I/O control is configured for the portgroup.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112
When attempting to access a virtual machine, an administrator is unable to login using the vSphere
credentials.

What two options are probable causes of the authentication failure? (Choose two.)

A. The vSphere credentials have not been granted permissions.

B. The vSphere credentials are granted read-only permissions.
C. The vSphere credentials are granted no-access permissions.
D. The vSphere credentials are not a member of the local administrator group.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is authenticated.

QUESTION 113
A physical Windows 2008 R2 Server is converted to a virtual machine using VMware vCenter Converter.
Upon completion of the conversion and subsequent power on operation, the virtual machine fails to boot
and the message below is observed in the Console of the virtual machine:

STOP 0x0000007B INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE

Which two potential issues may be causing this boot failure? (Choose two.)

A. An incorrect SCSI controller was selected during conversion.

B. Incompatible software drivers were migrated into the virtual machine from the source machine.
C. The vmdk file backing the virtual machine was thick provisioned.
D. A snapshot was taken immediately after the conversion completed.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
fine.

QUESTION 114
When attempting to power on a Virtual Machine you observe the following error:

Cannot open the disk '/vmfs/volumes/volume/vm/vm-000002.vmdk' or one of the snapshot disks it depends
on.

Which three actions will be the best solutions to address this problem? (Choose three.)

A. Verify that the virtual machine's disk files are present.

B. Investigate the host and virtual machine log files.
C. Verify the vmdk descriptor files and if required, recreate them.
D. Delete the disk file preventing the power on operation.
E. Migrate or register the virtual machine to a different host.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
genuine answer.

QUESTION 115
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --
An administrator has been given requirements to configure vMotion for a new virtual machine. The
configuration should:

The vSwitch1 configuration is shown in the Exhibit.

Which three changes should be made to meet the stated requirements? (Choose three.)

A. The VLAN ID must be set appropriately.

B. The default values for MAC Address Changes and Forged Transmits must be altered.
C. The teaming and failover adapters must be set appropriately.
D. The Traffic Shaping configuration must be altered.
E. The Load Balancing Policy must be set appropriately.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
rectified answer.

QUESTION 116
An administrator is installing a new network card in an ESXi 6.x host that is part of a vSphere cluster. When
the host is placed into maintenance mode, the vSphere Web Client displays the progress bar at 2% for
over 30 minutes.

Which two are likely reasons for this occurrence? (Choose two.)

A. Maintenance mode is unable to migrate all virtual machines from the host.
B. There is a large number of virtual machines that must be migrated from the host.
C. VMware High Availability is in the process of reconfiguring the cluster.
D. Each virtual machine on the ESXi host must be reconfigured to recognize the new adapter.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
answer is justified.

QUESTION 117
An administrator is using the Host Failures to Tolerate Admission Control Policy for a vSphere High
Availability (HA) cluster. When configuring this setting on the cluster, the administrator sees this error
message:

Insufficient resources to satisfy HA failover level on cluster What are two likely causes for the error?
(Choose two.)

A. The hosts in the cluster are disconnected.

B. A host in the cluster is displaying an HA error.
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler has not been configured on the cluster.
D. Virtual Machine Component Protection has not been turned on.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118
An administrator is attempting to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS). When
the administrator attempts to remove the host, the following error is observed:

The resource '16' is still in use.

What three steps are needed to successfully remove the host from the switch? (Choose three.)

A. Select Manage Ports on the vDS for the host.

B. Locate all ports currently in use on the vDS for the host.
C. Migrate or delete any vmkernel or virtual machine adapters associated with the switch.
D. Remove all network cards from the switch before trying to remove the host.
E. Create a standard switch for everything to be automatically be migrated to.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
proper answer.

QUESTION 119
An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client, but is unable to see any hosts and clusters.

Which two options could fix the problem? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that the client web browser and vCenter Server are in the same broadcast domain.
B. Verify that the vCenter Server system is registered with the same Platform Services Controller as the
vSphere Web Client.
C. Log in to the vCenter Server as a user within the Active Directory domain.
D. Log in to the vSphere Web Client as a user with permissions on the vCenter Server system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
valid.

QUESTION 120
An administrator receives a report that no real time statistics are available for a virtual machine in the
vCenter Server inventory.

Which two statements indicate likely causes of the problem? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine is powered off.

B. The host containing the virtual machine is disconnected from vCenter Server.
C. There is insufficient real time data to display the information.
D. The vCenter Server service is not running.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
reliable answer.

QUESTION 121
A virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. The following performance metrics are observed:

Which two activities will likely resolve the performance issues? (Choose two.)

A. Set a CPU reservation for the virtual machine.

B. Increase the CPU limit on the virtual machine.
C. Decrease CPU shares equally for all virtual machines on the host.
D. Increase CPU shares equally for all virtual machines on the host.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
to the point answer.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
 2V0-620 vmware

Number: 2V0-620
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 999 min

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
What is the effective vSphere licensing level during the 60 day evaluation period?

A. vSphere Foundation Essentials Plus

B. vSphere Standard
C. vSphere Enterprise
D. vSphere Enterprise Plus

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 2
What component must be installed prior to deploying a vCenter Server in vSphere 6.x?

A. vCenter Identity Services

B. Platform Services Controller
C. vCenter Single Sign-On
D. Client Integration Plug-In

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 3
An administrator deploys vCenter Server using the embedded Platform Services Controller. After testing the deployment for a couple of months, it is determined
that the environment would be better served with an external Platform Services Controller.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
 http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should the administrator do to meet this new requirement?

A. Deploy a fresh instance of vCenter Server with an external Platform Services Controller.
B. Perform a fresh install of an external Platform Services Controller.
C. Migrate the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services Controller.
D. Upgrade the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services Controller.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 4
An administrator is installing vCenter Server for an environment that has 40 ESXi 6.x Hosts and 150 virtual machines.

Which database would meet the minimal requirements needed for this task?

A. vFabric Postgres
B. Microsoft SQL Express 2008
C. Microsoft SQL Server 2014
D. Oracle 11g

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 5
What information is required as part of an interactive ESXi 6.x installation?

A. Keyboard layout
B. IP Address
C. Root password
D. DNS information

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 6
After installation of a host in your test environment, you need to move it to production. The only major change that needs to be made is that the hostname of the
server needs to change.

What are two ways that an administrator can change the host name without editing configuration files on the host directly? (Choose two.)

A. Login to the Direct Console User Interface and change it from here.
B. Edit the Default TCP/IP Configuration from the vSphere Web Client.
C. Use the Ruby vSphere Client to send a script to the ESXi host that updates the hostname.
D. Update the information in DNS and the ESXi host will automatically update with these changes.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 7
You are editing the management network configuration of an ESXi 6.x Host from the vSphere Web Client. You mistakenly put the incorrect VLAN in place for the
management network.
What action do you need to take to correct this?

A. You need to manually edit the configuration on the host with command line utilities.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
B. No action is required. By default ESXi rolls back configuration changes that disconnect the host.
C. The ESXi host system configuration will need to be restored to the factory configuration to fix the issue.
D. The change can be reverted in the vSphere Web Client by simply editing the switch again.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 8
You have just installed an ESXi 6.x Host. As part of your company security regulations, a security banner must be presented on the console of the host.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

How can this action be accomplished?

A. Configure the Advanced Settings > Annotations screen of the ESXi host.
B. This is configured from the Direct Console User Interface configuration menu.
C. It is not possible to configure a security banner for the ESXi host.
D. From vCenter Server, this setting is configured globally in the vCenter Server configuration.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 9
An administrator has just completed performing an interactive installation of ESXi 6.x and is booting the host.

How is the network initially configured?

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. The network is configured by Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).
B. The network is configured based on the settings detected in DNS.
C. The network is configured with the address as specified in the installer.
D. The network is automatically configured by DHCP.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 10
An administrator has just completed installing an ESXi 6.x host, but doesn't know what address has been configured.

Where is the ESXi host IP address configured?

A. RVC console
B. Direct Console User Interface
C. vSphere Web Client
D. vSphere Client

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 11
An administrator has just configured the IP address on an ESXi host from the Direct Console User Interface.

How can the configuration be validated as correct without any additional tools?

A. Add the host to vCenter Server and if it works, then all networking settings are ok.
B. Select the Test Management Network option from the DCUI.
C. Connect to the host with the vSphere Client and click the Test Network option.
D. Use PowerCLI to connect to the host and initiate a network test.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 12
An administrator has recently installed a new ESXi 6.x Host, and during the configuration notices sporadic network problems. To check whether the issue occurred
sometime during the configuration, the administrator would like to reset the system.

How can this be accomplished in the shortest amount of time?

A. Run the ESXi installer again and reinstall the host.

B. Select the Reset System Configuration option from the vSphere Client when connected directly to the host.
C. From the Direct Console User Interface, select Reset System Configuration.
D. Use a host profile to reset the configuration to a default state.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 13
Your manager has given you a bash script that retrieves data for ESXi 6.x host configurations. This data needs to be collected right after the installation of a host
and must be run directly on the host.

Which two actions can be used to run this script on an ESXi host? (Choose two.)

A. Connect to the host with Ruby vSphere Console and run the script from there.
B. Enable SSH access from the Direct Console User Interface.
C. Enable the ESXi Shell from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Run the script directly from the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 14
What is the default load balancing policy for a newly created VMkernel port on a vSphere Distributed Switch?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Route based on orginating virtual port ID

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on source mac address
D. Route based on physical NIC load

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 15
How are ports scaled on vSphere Standard Switches (vSS)?

A. Ports on a vSS can be dynamically scaled up and down.

B. Ports on a vSS can only be statically scaled up or down.
C. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled down.
D. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled up.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 16
Which three connection types are available when configuring a vSwitch in the vSphere Web Client? (Choose three.)

A. VMkernel Network Adapter

B. Physical Network Adapter
C. Virtual Machine Port Group for a Standard Switch
D. vMotion Network Adapter
E. vSAN Network Adapter

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 17
How many Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs) can be configured on a vSphere 6.x Distributed Switch?

A. 64
B. 96
C. 128
D. 256

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 18
An administrator is configuring the Failover Order option on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options should be used with IP-hash load balancing? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Active Uplinks
B. Standby Uplinks
C. Unused Uplinks
D. Override Failover Order

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 19
An administrator is creating a new vSphere Distributed Switch that will be utilized with a specific vSphere Cluster. The cluster itself contains a mix of ESXi 5.x and
6.x Hosts.

Which Distributed Switch version should be created to support this configuration?

A. Distributed Switch: 6.0.0

B. Distributed Switch: 5.0.0
C. Distributed Switch: 5.1.0
D. Distributed Switch: 5.5.0

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 20
During a new vSphere Distributed Switch configuration, where does the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) value get modified?

A. Uplink Settings
B. Switch Settings
C. Portgroup Settings
D. NIC Teaming Settings

Correct Answer: B

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 21
Which two actions are prerequisites to adding ESXi 6.x hosts to a vSphere Distributed Switch? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Verify that there is at least one Distributed Port Group on the Distributed Switch.
B. Verify that the Distributed Port Group have active uplinks configured in its teaming and failover policy.
C. Verify that the Distributed Switch has been configured with a Network Profile.
D. Verify that Network I/O control for Management Traffic is configured for the highest share value.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 22
Which load balancing policy, previously limited to vSphere Distributed Switches, is now available on vSphere Standard Switches with vSphere 6.x?

A. Route based on physical NIC workload

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on the originating virtual port
D. Route based on Source MAC Hash

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 23
Which three VLAN Tagging modes are available in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. External Switch Tagging

B. Private VLAN Tagging
C. Virtual Switch Tagging
D. VXLAN Tagging
E. Virtual Guest Tagging

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 24
Which three traffic types are available services options when configuring a vmkernel port? (Choose three.)

A. Provisioning Traffic
B. Virtual Volumes Traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC Traffic
D. Virtual SAN Traffic
E. FCoE Traffic

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 25
Which two networking connection types can be configured on a virtual switch? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Virtual machine portgroups
B. VMkernel services (such as NFS, iSCSI, or vMotion) to the physical network
C. Web services over the Management Network
D. NFS and FCoE storage services

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 26
An administrator is configuring the Maximum Transmission Unit value on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options are typical values for ESXi networking? (Choose two.)

A. 1492
B. 1500
C. 9000
D. 9089

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 27
An administrator needs to monitor traffic on vSwitches in a vSphere 6.x environment.

Which option, if configured, would accomplish this task?

A. Forged Transmits
B. MAC Address Changes
C. Promiscuous Mode
D. Notify Switches

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 28
Which two allow for the disabling of Network Rollback operations? (Choose two.)

A. Modifying the vpxd advanded configuration options and adding the config.vpxd.network.rollback key
B. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the<rollback> xml tag
C. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the <networkrollback> xml tag
D. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\firstboot\vpxd-service-spec.prop file and adjusting the <rollback> xml tag

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 29
What are two ways to identify TCP/IP stack information? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Using the vSphere Web Client

B. Using esxcli network ip netstack
C. Using esxcfg-netstack
D. Using the vSphere Client

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 30
Which two Fibre Channel zoning options are supported with vSphere 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Single-Initiator
B. Single-Initiator-Single-Target
C. Multiple-Initiators-Single-Target
D. Multiple-Initiators-Multiple-Targets

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 31
Which two parameters are required when adding an iSCSI target to an iSCSI Software Adapter using Dynamic Discovery? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device's IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain Name

B. The Port Number
C. The iSCSI device's iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN)
D. The Default Gateway IP Address

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 32
What is true regarding datastores on ESXi 6.x?

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. NFS 4.1 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)
B. VMFS3 and VMFS5 datastores can be newly created
C. NFS datastore can be concurrently mounted using NFS 4.1 on one host and NFS on another
D. NFS 3.0 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 33
Which type of Adapter does not require vmkernel networking?

A. Independent Hardware iSCSI Adapter

B. Dependent Hardware iSCSI Adapter
C. Software iSCSI Adapter
D. Software FCoE Adapter

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 34
What are two benefits of using NFS 4.1 with vSphere 6.x as compared to NFS 3? (Choose two.)

A. NFS 4.1 supports Kerberos Authentication

B. NFS 4.1 supports multipathing
C. NFS 4.1 supports IPv6
D. NFS 4.1 supports hardware acceleration

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 35
Which two storage controller configurations can be used with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

A. SAS controllers in Passthrough mode

B. SAS controllers in RAID0 mode
C. SAS controllers in RAID1 mode
D. SAS controllers in RAID10 mode

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 36
A company has decided to implement Virtual SAN within their vSphere 6.x environment. The Virtual SAN cluster will be composed of three ESXi 6.x hosts that are
on the Virtual SAN Ready Node list.

Each ESXi host includes:

- Two SAS Controllers that support Passthrough Mode

- Four Solid State Drives (SSDs) 1TB in size each
- 20 SAS Magnetic Disks (MDs) 1TB in size each
- The SSDs and MDs are evenly split between the two SAS controllers

The company will pilot a Virtual SAN cluster utilizing VMware best practices while maximizing storage capacity. The Virtual SAN cluster will use Manual Mode.

Which two Disk Group configurations would meet the stated configuration requirements? (Choose two.)

A. 4 disk groups with 1 SSD and 5 MDs each

B. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 7 MDs each
C. 2 disk groups with 2 SSDs and 7 MDs each
D. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 10 MDs each

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 37
An administrator is creating a new Virtual SAN cluster on a Layer 2 network. There is an existing Virtual SAN cluster on the same Layer 2 network. Which two
actions would allow the new Virtual SAN cluster to coexist with the older cluster? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Change the default Multicast Address on the new Virtual SAN cluster.
B. Change the default Unicast Address on the new Virtual SAN Cluster.
C. Create a separate VLAN for each cluster.
D. Create an ARP Alias for the Virtual SAN VMkernel Network Adapter.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 38
Which two Virtual SAN related actions might start resynchronization of virtual machine objects? (Choose two.)

A. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of replicas.

B. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of replicas.
C. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of disk stripes.
D. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of disk stripes.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 39
Which two NFS Protocol versions does vSphere 6 support? (Choose two.)

A. Version 3
B. Version 3.1
C. Version 4
D. Version 4.1

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 40
An administrator attempts to create a Thick Provisioned Virtual Disk (VMDK) on an NFS datastore; but it fails.

Which two reasons would explain the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Datastore is on an NFS 3 storage server that does not support Hardware Acceleration
B. Datastore is on an NFS 4.1 storage server
C. Only VMFS datastores support "Thick Provisioned" VMDK
D. The NFS datastore was not created on a "Thick Provisioned" device

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 41
What condition would prevent an administrator from creating a new VMFS3 datastore on an ESXi 6.x host using the vSphere Web Client?

A. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be created on an ESXi 6.x host.

B. The VMFS3 kernel module is not loaded.
C. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be mounted on an ESXi 6.x host.
D. VMFS3 datastores are not compatible with virtual machines created on an ESXi 6.x host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 42
Which two statements are true about VMFS5 datastores on ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual Disk (VMDK) size can be larger than 2TB.

B. Datastore extent size can be larger than 2TB.
C. Only Physical Mode Raw Device Map (Passthrough-RDM) can be larger than 2TB.
D. 2MB block size is required to support larger than 2TB file size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 43
Which three conditions would prevent Storage I/O Control from being enabled on a group of datastores? (Choose three.)

A. The datastores planned for the solution are used by different vSphere clusters.
B. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as a Raw Device Mapping file.
C. A datastore planned for the solution has three extents.
D. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as NFS.
E. The organization has an Enterprise license.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: BCE
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 44
When is it possible to place a VMFS5 datastore in maintenance mode?

A. When it is a member of a Storage DRS cluster

B. When it is a member of Virtual SAN cluster
C. When it is a member of a multi-extent datastore
D. When it is a member of a Virtual Volume

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 45
Refer to the Exhibit.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A vSphere 6.x Standard Switch is configured with 4 virtual machine portgroups, as shown in the exhibit.

Which portgroup would be utilized by default when creating a new virtual machine?

A. Access Network
B. DMZ Network
C. VM Network
D. Virtual Machine Network

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 46
You are creating a virtual machine in the Web Client using the New Virtual Machine wizard.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Which two steps are required? (Choose two.)

A. Select a valid name.

B. Select a cluster for the compute resource.
C. Select a network adapter.
D. Select the virtual machine compatibility.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 47
From which two locations in the inventory hierarchy can you deploy a virtual machine using a template? (Choose two.)

A. Directly from the template.

B. From a compute resource.
C. From an existing virtual machine.
D. From a Datastore.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 48
What is the optimal configuration when building a virtual machine for a single-threaded Windows application?

A. Deploy single-threaded applications on uniprocessor virtual machines.

B. Deploy single-threaded applications on symmetric multi-processor virtual machines.
C. Tune single-threaded applications to take advantage of symmetric multi-processor resources.
D. Tune Single-threaded applications at the hypervisor level.

Correct Answer: A

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 49
A mission-critical virtual machine built on vSphere 4.1 needs to be moved to an ESXi 6.x host.

Which virtual hardware version is needed to move the virtual machine without upgrading?

A. 6
B. 7
C. 10
D. 11

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 50
Which two configurable options apply to both virtual machine CPU and memory allocation? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Reservation
B. Shares
C. Resource Pool
D. Reserve All

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 51
A new vApp was built and tested in the corporate headquarters datacenter running vSphere 6.x.

What condition would explain why the virtual machine is failing to boot in an offsite datacenter running on vSphere 5.5?

A. The virtual machine was built with the default hardware version.
B. The VMFS 5 datastore is not compatible with virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
C. A DRS 5.5 cluster cannot run virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
D. The VMDK file is locked.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 52
When modifying a vApp, which two vSphere entities can be added? (Choose two.)

A. A resource pool
B. A network pool
C. A vApp
D. A folder

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 53
You need to add an object to an existing vApp using the vSphere Web Client. How is this accomplished?

A. Create an Object Inside the vApp.

B. Add an Object to a vApp.
C. Add an Object to the Datastore the vApp is located in.
D. Move all Objects to a new Datastore folder.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 54
A virtual machine template is accidently removed from the vCenter Server Inventory.

Which method would be used to recover the template back into the environment?

A. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmtx file to inventory.
B. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmx file to inventory.
C. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the ManagedObjectReference:GuestFileManager object.
D. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the ManagedObjectReference:VirtualDiskManager object.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 55
A vApp named Sales has a Memory Limit of 32 GB and a CPU Limit of 12,000 MHz. There are three virtual machines within the vApp:

- Sales-DB -- Has a memory reservation of 20 GB.

- Sales-DC -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.
- Sales-Web -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.

Which statement is correct?

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. All three virtual machines can power on, but will have memory contention.
B. All three virtual machines can power on without memory contention.
C. Only two of the three virtual machines can power on.
D. Only one of the virtual machines can power on.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 56
An administrator is cloning and configuring five new web server virtual machines.

What would be the benefit of configuring resource shares for the new VMs?

A. To prioritize access to a resource during contention.

B. To guarantee access to a resource during contention.
C. To prioritize access to a resource before contention occurs.
D. To guarantee access to a resource before contention occurs.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 57
An administrator is virtualizing a physical application server and adding it to an existing multi-tiered vApp. The application license is currently tied to the physical
NIC's MAC address, so the administrator needs to ensure the license will function properly in the virtual machine.

Which two actions can the administrator take to satisfy this task? (Choose two.)

A. Set the MAC address for the vNIC in the guest operating system.
B. Install the physical server's NIC into the ESXi host.
C. Configure the MAC address for the vNIC using the vSphere Web Client.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
D. Assign the physical server NIC's MAC address in the vSphere Distributed Switch.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 58
A virtual machine has been renamed and an administrator is unable to find files with the new virtual machine name in the datastore.

What is the reason for this?

A. The names of the files on the datastore do not change.

B. The names of the files on the datastore have been corrupted.
C. The virtual machine needs to be re-added to the inventory.
D. The Distributed Resource Scheduler moved the virtual machine to another host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 59
A vApp template recently added to a Content Library is not displayed.

Which two actions could correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Manually synchronize the library

B. Select the Download all library content immediately option
C. Select the Sync subscribed library option
D. Manually download the vApp template

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 60
When you add an ESXi 6.x host to a new Cluster, which vSphere object owns the CPU and Memory resources of the hosts?

A. vCenter Server
B. Datacenter
C. Cluster
D. Host

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 61
An administrator creates a DRS cluster of eight ESXi 6.x hosts. There are 10 virtual machines balanced across the hosts. An attempt to place the first host into
maintenance mode fails.

What are two reasons that the host failed to enter maintenance mode? (Choose two.)

A. The DRS cluster Automation Level is set to Partially Automated mode.

B. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS Host affinity rule Should run on hosts in group.
C. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS Host affinity rule Must run on hosts in group.
D. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with an individual Automation Level set to Partially Automated.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 62
Which two statements are correct when turning off a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is maintained.
B. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is removed.
C. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are removed and not maintained when DRS is re- enabled.
D. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are maintained when DRS is re-enabled.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 63
An administrator enables High Availability (HA) on a Virtual SAN cluster.

Which network is used for HA Network Heatbeat configuration?

A. The Management network.

B. The vMotion network.
C. The Virtual SAN network.
D. The Provisioning Traffic network.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 64
What are three goals of resource management within a cluster? (Choose three.)

A. To prevent virtual machines from monopolizing resources and to guarantee predictable service rates.
B. To exploit undercommitted resources and overcommit with graceful degradation.
C. To provide solutions to potential problems that you might encounter when using vCenter Server.
D. To control the relative importance of virtual machines and provide flexible dynamic partitioning.
E. To provide additional network administration capabilities.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: ABD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 65
Which three features can be enabled for a new host cluster? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Distributed Resource Scheduling

B. High Availability
C. Fault Tolerance
D. Distributed Resource Scheduling
E. Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: BDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 66
An organization has an ESXi 6.x host that contains two resource pools. The host is being relocated to a DRS cluster.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What two actions can be taken to integrate the host into the cluster, and what would happen to the existing ESXi resource pool hierarchy as a result? (Choose two.)

A. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools present on the host will be deleted.
B. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools present on the host will be deleted.
C. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools present on the host will be preserved.
D. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools present on the host will be preserved.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 67
Which two events happen when Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) is disabled? (Choose two.)

A. The cluster's resource pool heirarchy and affinity rules are re-established when DRS is turned back on.
B. The cluster's resource pool hierarchy and affinity rules are not re-established when DRS is turned back on.
C. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster.
D. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster and assigned to the hosts.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 68
A High Availability (HA) cluster is configured to respond to a given number of host failures. The cluster contains virtual machines configured with these settings:

- VM1 has a 1GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

- VM2 has a 2GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation
- VM3 has no CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

Given this information, what is the correct slot size for the cluster?

A. The CPU Reservation should be set to 32MHz and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB plus memory overhead.
B. The CPU reservation should be set to 1 GHz and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus memory overhead.
C. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus the virtual machine memory overhead.
D. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB, plus the virtual machine memory overhead.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 69
Which two High Availability (HA) Cluster admission control policies can help avoid resource fragmentation? (Choose two.)

A. Define failover capacity by static number of hosts

B. Define failover capacity by reserving a percentage of the cluster resources
C. Use dedicated failover hosts
D. Use Virtual Machine Monitoring

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 70
What is a requirement when enabling a Virtual SAN cluster in an existing High Availability (HA) and Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?

A. Disable DRS and HA before enabling Virtual SAN

B. Enable DRS before enabling Virtual SAN
C. Disable HA before enabling Virtual SAN
D. Enable Storage DRS before enabling Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 71
What must be enabled to ensure that VM Component Protection (VMCP) works in a High Availability cluster?

A. VMware Tools Virtual Machine Communication Interface (VMCI)

B. Fault Tolerance

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Atomic Test and Set (ATS)
D. All Paths Down (APD) Timeout

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 72
An organization has a number of virtual machines that would benefit from Fault Tolerance. These include:

- A single vCPU Apache Server

- A dual vCPU vCenter Server
- A quad vCPU SQL Server
- An eight vCPU Hadoop Server

Which two virtual machines can be configured to use VMware Fault Tolerance? (Choose two.)

A. Apache Server
B. vCenter Server
C. SQL Server
D. Hadoop Server

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 73
An administrator is moving a virtual machine into a resource pool. The VM and resource pool are configured as shown:

VM configuration:

- 2GHz CPU reservation

- 1GB Memory limit

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Resource Pool configuration:

- 6GHz CPU reservation

- 1GB Memory reservation
- No limit to memory

What happens to the virtual machine's resource settings when it is moved into the pool?

A. The VM inherits the resource settings of the resource pool if expandable reservations is enabled.
B. The VM's reservations and limits are ignored and removed.
C. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation but receives the 1GB memory reservation.
D. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation and the 1GB Memory limit.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 74
Which two statements are true regarding VMware vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC)? (Choose two.)

A. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of a cache block size.
B. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying storage.
C. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying cache data.
D. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of the disk block size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 75
An administrator is tasked with performing a vMotion migration of a virtual machine. The virtual machine is configured as follows:

- vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC) enabled

- Ispart of a Distributed Resource Cluster (DRS) Cluster

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports multiple virtual flash resources.
B. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports one virtual flash resource.
C. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a preferred affinity to their current host and moves them only for mandatory reasons.
D. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a required affinity to their current host and does not move them.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 76
Which two actions are required when enabling vFlash Read Cache for a virtual machine's virtual disk? (Choose two.)

A. A value in the Virtual Flash Read Cache text box must be entered.
B. A Flash Resource Pool for Cache size reservation must be entered.
C. The Device backing and the block size must be configured.
D. The Enable virtual flash host swap cache check box must be selected.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 77
vMotion can be performed between which three physical boundaries? (Choose three.)

A. Between two vCenter Server Systems

B. Between two vSphere Distributed Virtual Switches
C. Between two vCenter Server Datacenter objects
D. Between two VMware NSX Layer 4 segments
E. Between two NFS datastores

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: ABC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 78
Which three operations occur during a cold migration of a virtual machine? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine disks are moved if the datastore is being changed.
B. The virtual machine is registered with the destination server.
C. The source virtual machine is removed from the old hosts.
D. The virtual machine hardware is upgraded.
E. The virtual machine files are quiesced prior to the migration.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 79
An administrator needs to verify that vMotion operations can be performed in a vSphere data center.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What round trip time (RTT) latency is the maximum value that will allow vMotion operations to succeed?

A. 50ms RTT
B. 100ms RTT
C. 150ms RTT

http://www.gratisexam.com/
D. 200ms RTT

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 80
Which three are requirements when using vMotion to move a virtual machine across vCenter Server systems? (Choose three.)

A. Both vCenter Servers must be using Enhanced Linked Mode.

B. Both vCenter Servers must be in the same Single Sign-On Domain.
C. Time must be synchronized.
D. Duplicate VM MAC addresses must be configured.
E. Both vCenter Servers must have High Availability enabled on source and destination clusters.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 81
An administrator is migrating a virtual machine from a Test cluster to a Production cluster. The two environments do not have any shared storage.

What is the easiest way to accomplish this task?

A. Perform a Storage vMotion.

B. Perform a regular vMotion.
C. Perform a Virtual to Virtual migration.
D. Perform a backup and restore using VMware Data Protection.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 82
What is a benefit of using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility for an environment?

A. EVC masks CPU features to allow compatibility between hosts that are dissimilar.
B. EVC allows for cross platform vMotion to occur.
C. EVC enables Long Distance vMotion.
D. EVC enables Storage vMotion functionality.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 83
Refer to the Exhibit.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
-- Exhibit --

An administrator attempts to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) on a cluster. The operation results in a compatibility error, as shown in the exhibit.

What is the likely cause of this error?

A. The CPUs in the ESXi host are not AMD CPUs.

B. The CPUs in the ESXi host do not support hardware virtualization capabilities.
C. The XD/NX CPU features have not been enabled in the BIOS of the server.
D. There is no shared storage between the hosts in the cluster.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 84
An administrator is attempting to migrate a large Hadoop virtual machine using vMotion. The administrator notices a delay when the machine is quiesced. The
Hadoop virtual machine is processing many transactions a second to an in-memory database.

Which two actions would help reduce the amount of time needed to perform a vMotion on this virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use multiple NICs for the vMotion vmkernel port.

B. Use a 10Gbps Network card for the vMotion vmkernel port.
C. Add an additional management network to help transmit the data quicker.
D. Disable Fault Tolerance before performing the vMotion.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 85
An administrator attempts to migrate a suspended virtual machine to a newly deployed vSphere 6.x cluster. The compatibility check fails.

What condition could cause this behavior?

A. The new vSphere 6.x cluster is running Intel CPUs instead of AMD CPUs.
B. A suspended virtual machine cannot be migrated.
C. The hardware virtualization feature of the CPU is not enabled on the new hosts.
D. A vSphere Distributed Switch is required to migrate a suspended virtual machine.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 86
An administrator must determine an appropriate backup solution, given these conditions:

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named Finance.

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named QA. Which solution allows an administrator the ability to backup 100 virtual machines?

A. Use Snapshot Manager on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
B. Use the VMware Consolidated Backup (vcb) tool on the ESXi Host to backup the virtual machines.
C. Use the VMware Data Recovery (VDR) Appliance on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
D. Use the VMware Data Protection (VDP) Appliance on one of the ESXi Hosts to backup the virtual machines.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 87
A vSphere administrator needs to backup a virtual machine that has a Microsoft SQL Server Database installed.

Which solution allows for an application quiesce to occur during backup?

A. VMware vCenter Converter

B. VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager
C. VMware vSphere Replication
D. VMware vSphere Data Protection Advanced

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 88

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Which two statements are true about deploying and using vSphere Replication? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
B. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require a connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
C. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require the use of Site Recovery Manager and a connection between the two vSphere Replication
appliances.
D. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a single vSphere Replication appliance.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 89
An administrator is attempting to restore a number of files in a directory within the Operating System of a virtual machine.

How can the administrator restore the files from a previous backup?

A. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Web Client.
B. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from a web browser in the virtual machine.
C. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from the VMware Data Protection appliance.
D. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Client.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 90
What are three valid disk configurations for the vSphere Data Protection 6.x Appliance? (Choose three.)

A. 500GB
B. 1TB
C. 1.5TB
D. 2TB

http://www.gratisexam.com/
E. 4TB

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 91
What is a benefit of using VMware Data Protection (VDP)?

A. Provides support for guest-level backups and restores of Microsoft SQL Servers, Exchange Servers, and Share Point Servers.
B. Provides support for advanced storage services including replication, encryption, deduplication, and compression.
C. Provides direct access to VDP configuration integrated into the vSphere Client.
D. Reduces disk space consumed by virtual machine data using deduplication.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 92
When configuring vSphere Replication for a virtual machine, what is the lowest Recovery Point Objective (RPO) that can be selected?

A. 1 min
B. 5 min
C. 10 min
D. 15min

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 93
An administrator configures vSphere Replication for a virtual machine and enables multiple point in time (PIT) instances under the recovery settings in the
Configure Replication wizard.

Which two statements are correct for vSphere Replication with multiple point in time instances enabled? (Choose two.)

A. vSphere Replication retains a number of snapshot instances of the virtual machine on the target site based on the retention policy that you specify.
B. vSphere Replication uses the virtual machine's snapshot instances to define the target site Point in Time instance based on the retention policy that you specify.
C. vSphere Replication does not support virtual machines with snapshots.
D. vSphere Replication supports virtual machines with snapshots.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 94
Which three actions can be taken as a result of executing the vSphere Update Manager 6.x scan and remediation wizards? (Choose three.)

A. Install and upgrade software in virtual machines.

B. Upgrade the firmware on ESXi host devices.
C. Upgrade and Patch ESXi hosts.
D. Install and update third-party software on hosts.
E. Upgrade virtual machine hardware.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 95
Which three steps must be taken to use vSphere Update Manager 6.x to upgrade an ESXi 5.5 host to vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Download an ESXi Image.

B. Configure the vSphere Update Manager Download Service.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Create a baseline and attach it to the ESXi Host.
D. Scan the vCenter Content Library for the ESXi Image.
E. Remediate the ESXi Host.

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 96
vSphere Update Manager allows which two virtual machine attributes to be upgraded? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine firewall policies for NSX.

B. Software Packages in the virtual machine.
C. Virtual machine Hardware Version.
D. VMware Tools Upgrade.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 97
An administrator enables vSphere High Availability (HA) on an existing cluster with a large number of hosts and virtual machines. The administrator notices that the
setup of vSphere HA on some of the hosts is failing.

What step, if taken, might resolve this issue?

A. Increase the value of the config.vpxd.das.electionWaitTimeSec setting.

B. Set the value of vpxd.das.aamMemoryLimit to 256.
C. Set the value of the das.useDefaultIsolationAddress setting to False.
D. Increase the value of the das.iostatsinterval setting.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 98
An attempt to enable vSphere Fault Tolerance for a powered-on virtual machine fails.

Which two scenarios would result in this failure? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has three vCPUs configured.

B. The host on which the virtual machine is running has insufficient memory resources.
C. The virtual machine has insufficient resources to accommodate full reservation plus the overhead memory.
D. VMware High Availability is enabled on the cluster of which this host is a member.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 99
An administrator is unable to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch.

What are two likely reasons for this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Vmkernel interfaces on the switch are still in use.

B. VM Network port group adapters are connected to different switch.
C. Physical NICs are migrated to different switch.
D. VM Network adapters are connected to this switch.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 100

http://www.gratisexam.com/
An administrator is attempting to enable Storage I/O Control on a datastore, but it is failing.

What is the likely reason for this failure?

A. The host is connected to a datastore is running on ESX 4.0.

B. The host is connected to a Fibre Channel storage array.
C. The datastore has multiple extents.
D. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 101
Which scenario shows a reason for VMware Tools failing to install?

A. Virtual machine has a CD-ROM configured.

B. Guest OS Antivirus is blocking the VMware Tools installation.
C. Guest OS has 64-bit ldd (list dynamic dependencies) utility installed.
D. Virtual machine is powered on.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 102
What are two possible causes of Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) being disabled on one or more virtual machine disks in a datastore cluster?
(Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance disabled.

B. The virtual machine is a template.
C. The virtual machine swap file is on a shared datastore.
D. The disk is a CD-ROM/ISO file.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 103
What may be a cause for failure to unmount an NFS datastore?

A. It has active snapshot files.

B. It is being used for High Availability (HA) heartbeat.
C. It is part of a Cluster.
D. It is managed by Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS).

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 104
An administrator is troubleshooting basic network connectivity issues.

Which two scenarios are potential issues that this administrator might face? (Choose two.)

A. The vSwitch is not attached to the correct physical network.

B. The portgroup is not configured to use correct VLAN.
C. Traffic shaping is configured incorrectly.
D. Jumbo frames is configured incorrectly.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 105
Why are some virtual machines orphaned after rebooting a High Availability (HA) enabled host?

A. The Orphaned virtual machines have HA restart disabled.

B. The Orphaned virtual machines moved recently and the change did not persist.
C. The host is attached to failed storage.
D. The host just came out of maintenance mode.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 106
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but is unable to do so.

Which two reasons are probable causes of the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Storage access to the virtual machine swap file has been lost.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. One of the virtual machine VMDK files is locked.

C. Virtual machine is running CentOS 7.0 64-bit.
D. Virtual machine has Hyper-Threading enabled.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation:

QUESTION 107
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

A 4 GB Memory virtual machine is experiencing extended memory issues, as shown in the Exhibit.

What potential issues could be attributed to this memory pressure?

A. A limit is imposed on the virtual memory of this virtual machine.

B. The Balloon driver has been uninstalled.
C. A limit has been imposed on the Virtual CPU of the virtual machine.
D. Storage IO control has been enabled for the virtual machine causing the swapped memory.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 108
An administrator has unsuccessfully attempted several times to install an Operating System inside a virtual machine. The administrator finds that the installation
fails at random intervals.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Which two actions can be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Verify the md5sum and if invalid, download the installation files again.
B. Attempt the installation an additional time.
C. Attempt to use a different installation media or installation method.
D. Create a new virtual machine and attempt the installation with the existing media.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 109
A Fault Tolerance (FT) virtual machine with four vCPUs is experiencing high latency when performing ICMP and Application tests.

What are three potential causes that may be attributing to this latency? (Choose three.)

A. The FT network has insufficient bandwidth and is running on a 1GB Link.

B. The FT network is on a particularly high latency link.
C. The FT network has been configured with Network I/O Control.
D. The FT virtual machine is running an e1000 network adapter.
E. The FT virtual machine is running on poor performing network-based storage.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 110
VMware tools is failing to install on a Microsoft Windows virtual machine.

What are two possible situations that would prevent the installation? (Choose two.)

A. The VMware tools installation media is corrupt.

B. The incorrect Operating System was selected in the virtual machine options.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. The software prerequisites have not been installed.
D. The prerequisite services have not been started.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 111
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but the task is hanging at 95%. What three scenarios best explain why this problem is happening?
(Choose three.)

A. A virtual machine question is currently being posed to the administrator.

B. Another task for the virtual machine or other component is already in progress.
C. The VMware High Availability cluster has insufficient resources to guarantee failover.
D. The host has lost access to the storage device containing the virtual machine files.
E. The host is under resource contention and unable to power on the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 112
An application running in a virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. When utilizing performance monitoring utilities, it is noted that the CPU Utilization of
the application is at 100%.

Which two scenarios are probable causes of the CPU contention for the application? (Choose two.)

A. There is a network I/O constraint.

B. There is a storage I/O constraint.
C. There is insufficient disk space assigned to the virtual machine.
D. The application is not virtualization aware.

Correct Answer: AB

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 113
A user is trying to retrieve objects from a SharePoint server and finds the request is taking an excessive amount of time. An administrator tries to isolate the issue
and notes the following:

- Application performance is poor when compared to virtual machines on other hosts.

- Performance improves when the virtual machine is moved to another host.
- The virtual machine encounters higher than expected CPU %Ready times.

What conclusion can be reached regarding the performance issues for this virtual machine?

A. Host Power Management is directly impacting virtual machine performance.

B. The virtual machine has a large number of snapshots.
C. The Path Selection Policy for the storage device is set differently on the affected host.
D. Network I/O control is configured for the portgroup.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 114
When attempting to access a virtual machine, an administrator is unable to login using the vSphere credentials.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What two options are probable causes of the authentication failure? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. The vSphere credentials have not been granted permissions.
B. The vSphere credentials are granted read-only permissions.
C. The vSphere credentials are granted no-access permissions.
D. The vSphere credentials are not a member of the local administrator group.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 115
A physical Windows 2008 R2 Server is converted to a virtual machine using VMware vCenter Converter. Upon completion of the conversion and subsequent power
on operation, the virtual machine fails to boot and the message below is observed in the Console of the virtual machine:

STOP 0x0000007B INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE

Which two potential issues may be causing this boot failure? (Choose two.)

A. An incorrect SCSI controller was selected during conversion.

B. Incompatible software drivers were migrated into the virtual machine from the source machine.
C. The vmdk file backing the virtual machine was thick provisioned.
D. A snapshot was taken immediately after the conversion completed.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 116
When attempting to power on a Virtual Machine you observe the following error:

Cannot open the disk '/vmfs/volumes/volume/vm/vm-000002.vmdk' or one of the snapshot disks it depends on.

Which three actions will be the best solutions to address this problem? (Choose three.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Verify that the virtual machine's disk files are present.
B. Investigate the host and virtual machine log files.
C. Verify the vmdk descriptor files and if required, recreate them.
D. Delete the disk file preventing the power on operation.
E. Migrate or register the virtual machine to a different host.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 117
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

http://www.gratisexam.com/
An administrator has been given requirements to configure vMotion for a new virtual machine. The configuration should:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
- Provide Network Redundancy
- Use VLAN 550
- Be secured against anyone trying to spoof communication

The vSwitch1 configuration is shown in the Exhibit.

Which three changes should be made to meet the stated requirements? (Choose three.)

A. The VLAN ID must be set appropriately.

B. The default values for MAC Address Changes and Forged Transmits must be altered.
C. The teaming and failover adapters must be set appropriately.
D. The Traffic Shaping configuration must be altered.
E. The Load Balancing Policy must be set appropriately.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 118
An administrator is using the Host Failures to Tolerate Admission Control Policy for a vSphere High Availability (HA) cluster. When configuring this setting on the
cluster, the administrator sees this error message:

Insufficient resources to satisfy HA failover level on cluster

What are two likely causes for the error? (Choose two.)

A. The hosts in the cluster are disconnected.

B. A host in the cluster is displaying an HA error.
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler has not been configured on the cluster.
D. Virtual Machine Component Protection has not been turned on.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 119
An administrator has been tasked with enabling High Availability (HA) on a cluster in a vSphere 6.x environment with default settings. The cluster configures
properly and there are no errors. The next day when powering on a virtual machine, an error is presented:

Not Enough Failover Resources

Which three scenarios are likely causes of this error message? (Choose three.)

A. The default VM Monitoring Sensitivity is set too high.

B. There are not enough datastore heartbeat datastores configured by default.
C. The default slot size in the cluster is set too high.
D. There are virtual machines with large CPU reservations.
E. A host is in maintenance mode for a replacement of a failed Hard Drive.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 120
An administrator is attempting to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS). When the administrator attempts to remove the host, the
following error is observed:

The resource '16' is still in use.

What three steps are needed to successfully remove the host from the switch? (Choose three.)

A. Select Manage Ports on the vDS for the host.

B. Locate all ports currently in use on the vDS for the host.
C. Migrate or delete any vmkernel or virtual machine adapters associated with the switch.
D. Remove all network cards from the switch before trying to remove the host.
E. Create a standard switch for everything to be automatically be migrated to.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 121
An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client, but is unable to see any hosts and clusters.

Which two options could fix the problem? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that the client web browser and vCenter Server are in the same broadcast domain.
B. Verify that the vCenter Server system is registered with the same Platform Services Controller as the vSphere Web Client.
C. Log in to the vCenter Server as a user within the Active Directory domain.
D. Log in to the vSphere Web Client as a user with permissions on the vCenter Server system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 122
Users of an application are reporting performance issues. The following performance values are observed in the vSphere Web Client:

- Host CPU utilization is 90%

- Virtual Machine memory utilization is consistently greater than 90%
- CPU Ready values are higher than 20%

What could be the cause of the application performance issue?

A. The host is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.
B. The host is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.
C. The virtual machine is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.
D. The virtual machine is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 123
- An administrator wants to add a web server to an existing multi-tier application consisting of three virtual machines:
- A web server
- A database server
- An application server

The web server should be added to the application when the primary web server reaches:

- 70% vCPU utilization

- 55% active memory

Which option will achieve this result?

A. Create a virtual machine alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the web server.
B. Create a host cpu and memory alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the webserver.
C. Configure HA application monitoring for the web server and set it to trigger deployment of a new instance of the web server.
D. Configure Fault Tolerance on the virtual machine and leave the secondary machine disabled until needed.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 124
An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual machine meets two conditions:

- high virtual CPU

- high active memory consumption

The alarm is malfunctioning and triggering when either condition is met instead of both.

What can be done to correct the issue?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 125
An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual machine meets either of these conditions:

- High virtual CPU

- High active memory consumption.

The alarm is only triggering when both of the conditions are met.

What can be done to correct the alarm behavior?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory and link them together with ESXCLI.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 126
An organization has configured Distributed Power Management (DPM) on a vSphere 6 cluster. The organization wants to be alerted when an ESXi host has been
powered down by DPM.

Which two options represent the type and name of the alarm that would accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. DrsEnteringStandbyModeEvent
B. DrsEnteredStandbyModeEvent

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Event-based
D. Condition-based

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 127
Which three actions can be executed when an alarm is triggered? (Choose three.)

A. Send an email.
B. Send an SNMP trap.
C. Run a script or command.
D. Run an Orchestrator workflow.
E. Send a trigger to syslog.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 128
Which two SMTP Notification Event Details are specific to alarms triggered by events? (Choose two.)

A. User Name
B. Summary
C. Old Status
D. Target

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation:

QUESTION 129
An administrator deploys vRealize Operations into a vSphere 6.x environment. After the deployment, the administrator notices that badges are not appearing.

What is a likely cause of this behavior?

A. Badges do not appear until you register vRealize Operations with vCenter Server.
B. Badges do not appear until you register a vCenter Server in vRealize Operations.
C. The vRealize Operations appliance needs to be redeployed.
D. The vCenter Server appliance needs to be redeployed.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
 2V0-620

Number: 2V0-620
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 999 min
File Version: 1.0

http://www.gratisexam.com/

VMware 2V0-620

vSphere 6 Foundations Beta Exam

Version: 4.0
 B

QUESTION 1
What is the effective vSphere licensing level during the 60 day evaluation period?

A. vSphere Foundation Essentials Plus

B. vSphere Standard
C. vSphere Enterprise
D. vSphere Enterprise Plus

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 2
What component must be installed prior to deploying a vCenter Server in vSphere 6.x?

A. vCenter Identity Services

B. Platform Services Controller
C. vCenter Single Sign-On
D. Client Integration Plug-In

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 3
An administrator deploys vCenter Server using the embedded Platform Services Controller. After testing the deployment for a couple of months, it is determined
that the environment would be better served with an external Platform Services Controller.

What should the administrator do to meet this new requirement?

A. Deploy a fresh instance of vCenter Server with an external Platform Services Controller.
B. Perform a fresh install of an external Platform Services Controller.
C. Migrate the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services Controller.
D. Upgrade the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services Controller.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 4
An administrator is installing vCenter Server for an environment that has 40 ESXi 6.x Hosts and 150 virtual machines.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which database would meet the minimal requirements needed for this task?

A. vFabric Postgres
B. Microsoft SQL Express 2008
C. Microsoft SQL Server 2014
D. Oracle 11g

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 5
What information is required as part of an interactive ESXi 6.x installation?

A. Keyboard layout
B. IP Address
C. Root password
D. DNS information

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 6
After installation of a host in your test environment, you need to move it to production. The only major change that needs to be made is that the hostname of the
server needs to change.

What are two ways that an administrator can change the host name without editing configuration files on the host directly? (Choose two.)

A. Login to the Direct Console User Interface and change it from here.
B. Edit the Default TCP/IP Configuration from the vSphere Web Client.
C. Use the Ruby vSphere Client to send a script to the ESXi host that updates the hostname.
D. Update the information in DNS and the ESXi host will automatically update with these changes.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 7
You are editing the management network configuration of an ESXi 6.x Host from the vSphere Web Client. You mistakenly put the incorrect VLAN in place for the
management network.
What action do you need to take to correct this?

A. You need to manually edit the configuration on the host with command line utilities.
B. No action is required. By default ESXi rolls back configuration changes that disconnect the host.
C. The ESXi host system configuration will need to be restored to the factory configuration to fix the issue.
D. The change can be reverted in the vSphere Web Client by simply editing the switch again.
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 8
You have just installed an ESXi 6.x Host. As part of your company security regulations, a security banner must be presented on the console of the host.

How can this action be accomplished?

A. Configure the Advanced Settings > Annotations screen of the ESXi host.
B. This is configured from the Direct Console User Interface configuration menu.
C. It is not possible to configure a security banner for the ESXi host.
D. From vCenter Server, this setting is configured globally in the vCenter Server configuration.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 9
An administrator has just completed performing an interactive installation of ESXi 6.x and is booting the host.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

How is the network initially configured?

A. The network is configured by Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).

B. The network is configured based on the settings detected in DNS.
C. The network is configured with the address as specified in the installer.
D. The network is automatically configured by DHCP.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 10
An administrator has just completed installing an ESXi 6.x host, but doesn't know what address has been configured.

Where is the ESXi host IP address configured?

A. RVC console
B. Direct Console User Interface
C. vSphere Web Client
D. vSphere Client

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 11
An administrator has just configured the IP address on an ESXi host from the Direct Console User Interface.

How can the configuration be validated as correct without any additional tools?

A. Add the host to vCenter Server and if it works, then all networking settings are ok.
B. Select the Test Management Network option from the DCUI.
C. Connect to the host with the vSphere Client and click the Test Network option.
D. Use PowerCLI to connect to the host and initiate a network test.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 12
An administrator has recently installed a new ESXi 6.x Host, and during the configuration notices sporadic network problems. To check whether the issue occurred
sometime during the configuration, the administrator would like to reset the system.

How can this be accomplished in the shortest amount of time?

A. Run the ESXi installer again and reinstall the host.

B. Select the Reset System Configuration option from the vSphere Client when connected directly to the host.
C. From the Direct Console User Interface, select Reset System Configuration.
D. Use a host profile to reset the configuration to a default state.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 13
Your manager has given you a bash script that retrieves data for ESXi 6.x host configurations. This data needs to be collected right after the installation of a host
and must be run directly on the host.

Which two actions can be used to run this script on an ESXi host? (Choose two.)

A. Connect to the host with Ruby vSphere Console and run the script from there.
B. Enable SSH access from the Direct Console User Interface.
C. Enable the ESXi Shell from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Run the script directly from the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 14
What is the default load balancing policy for a newly created VMkernel port on a vSphere Distributed Switch?

A. Route based on orginating virtual port ID

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on source mac address
D. Route based on physical NIC load

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 15
How are ports scaled on vSphere Standard Switches (vSS)?

A. Ports on a vSS can be dynamically scaled up and down.

B. Ports on a vSS can only be statically scaled up or down.
C. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled down.
D. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled up.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 16
Which three connection types are available when configuring a vSwitch in the vSphere Web Client? (Choose three.)

A. VMkernel Network Adapter

B. Physical Network Adapter
C. Virtual Machine Port Group for a Standard Switch
D. vMotion Network Adapter
E. vSAN Network Adapter
Correct Answer: ABC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 17
How many Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs) can be configured on a vSphere 6.x Distributed Switch?

A. 64
B. 96
C. 128
D. 256

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 18
An administrator is configuring the Failover Order option on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which two options should be used with IP-hash load balancing? (Choose two.)

A. Active Uplinks
B. Standby Uplinks
C. Unused Uplinks
D. Override Failover Order
Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 19
An administrator is creating a new vSphere Distributed Switch that will be utilized with a specific vSphere Cluster. The cluster itself contains a mix of ESXi 5.x and
6.x Hosts.

Which Distributed Switch version should be created to support this configuration?

A. Distributed Switch: 6.0.0

B. Distributed Switch: 5.0.0
C. Distributed Switch: 5.1.0
D. Distributed Switch: 5.5.0

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 20
During a new vSphere Distributed Switch configuration, where does the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) value get modified?

A. Uplink Settings
B. Switch Settings
C. Portgroup Settings
D. NIC Teaming Settings

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 21
Which two actions are prerequisites to adding ESXi 6.x hosts to a vSphere Distributed Switch? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that there is at least one Distributed Port Group on the Distributed Switch.
B. Verify that the Distributed Port Group have active uplinks configured in its teaming and failover policy.
C. Verify that the Distributed Switch has been configured with a Network Profile.
D. Verify that Network I/O control for Management Traffic is configured for the highest share value.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 22
Which load balancing policy, previously limited to vSphere Distributed Switches, is now available on vSphere Standard Switches with vSphere 6.x?

A. Route based on physical NIC workload

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on the originating virtual port
D. Route based on Source MAC Hash

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 23
Which three VLAN Tagging modes are available in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. External Switch Tagging

B. Private VLAN Tagging
C. Virtual Switch Tagging
D. VXLAN Tagging
E. Virtual Guest Tagging

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 24
Which three traffic types are available services options when configuring a vmkernel port? (Choose three.)

A. Provisioning Traffic
B. Virtual Volumes Traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC Traffic
D. Virtual SAN Traffic
E. FCoE Traffic

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 25
Which two networking connection types can be configured on a virtual switch? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine portgroups

B. VMkernel services (such as NFS, iSCSI, or vMotion) to the physical network
C. Web services over the Management Network
D. NFS and FCoE storage services

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 26
An administrator is configuring the Maximum Transmission Unit value on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options are typical values for ESXi networking? (Choose two.)

A. 1492
B. 1500
C. 9000
D. 9089

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 27
An administrator needs to monitor traffic on vSwitches in a vSphere 6.x environment.

Which option, if configured, would accomplish this task?

A. Forged Transmits
B. MAC Address Changes
C. Promiscuous Mode
D. Notify Switches

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 28
Which two allow for the disabling of Network Rollback operations? (Choose two.)

A. Modifying the vpxd advanded configuration options and adding the config.vpxd.network.rollback key
B. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the<rollback> xml tag
C. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the <networkrollback> xml tag
D. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\firstboot\vpxd-service-spec.prop file and adjusting the <rollback> xml tag

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 29
What are two ways to identify TCP/IP stack information? (Choose two.)

A. Using the vSphere Web Client

B. Using esxcli network ip netstack
C. Using esxcfg-netstack
D. Using the vSphere Client

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 30
Which two Fibre Channel zoning options are supported with vSphere 6.x? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Single-Initiator
B. Single-Initiator-Single-Target
C. Multiple-Initiators-Single-Target
D. Multiple-Initiators-Multiple-Targets

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 31
Which two parameters are required when adding an iSCSI target to an iSCSI Software Adapter using Dynamic Discovery? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device's IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain Name

B. The Port Number
C. The iSCSI device's iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN)
D. The Default Gateway IP Address

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 32
What is true regarding datastores on ESXi 6.x?

A. NFS 4.1 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

B. VMFS3 and VMFS5 datastores can be newly created
C. NFS datastore can be concurrently mounted using NFS 4.1 on one host and NFS on another
D. NFS 3.0 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 33
Which type of Adapter does not require vmkernel networking?

A. Independent Hardware iSCSI Adapter

B. Dependent Hardware iSCSI Adapter
C. Software iSCSI Adapter
D. Software FCoE Adapter

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 34
What are two benefits of using NFS 4.1 with vSphere 6.x as compared to NFS 3? (Choose two.)

A. NFS 4.1 supports Kerberos Authentication

B. NFS 4.1 supports multipathing
C. NFS 4.1 supports IPv6
D. NFS 4.1 supports hardware acceleration

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 35
Which two storage controller configurations can be used with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

A. SAS controllers in Passthrough mode

B. SAS controllers in RAID0 mode
C. SAS controllers in RAID1 mode
D. SAS controllers in RAID10 mode
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 36
A company has decided to implement Virtual SAN within their vSphere 6.x environment. The Virtual SAN cluster will be composed of three ESXi 6.x hosts that are
on the Virtual SAN Ready Node list.

Each ESXi host includes:

- Two SAS Controllers that support Passthrough Mode

- Four Solid State Drives (SSDs) 1TB in size each
- 20 SAS Magnetic Disks (MDs) 1TB in size each
- The SSDs and MDs are evenly split between the two SAS controllers

The company will pilot a Virtual SAN cluster utilizing VMware best practices while maximizing storage capacity. The Virtual SAN cluster will use Manual Mode.

Which two Disk Group configurations would meet the stated configuration requirements? (Choose two.)

A. 4 disk groups with 1 SSD and 5 MDs each

B. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 7 MDs each
C. 2 disk groups with 2 SSDs and 7 MDs each
D. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 10 MDs each

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 37
An administrator is creating a new Virtual SAN cluster on a Layer 2 network. There is an existing Virtual SAN cluster on the same Layer 2 network. Which two
actions would allow the new Virtual SAN cluster to coexist with the older cluster? (Choose two.)

A. Change the default Multicast Address on the new Virtual SAN cluster.
B. Change the default Unicast Address on the new Virtual SAN Cluster.
C. Create a separate VLAN for each cluster.
D. Create an ARP Alias for the Virtual SAN VMkernel Network Adapter.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 38
Which two Virtual SAN related actions might start resynchronization of virtual machine objects? (Choose two.)

A. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of replicas.

B. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of replicas.
C. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of disk stripes.
D. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of disk stripes.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 39
Which two NFS Protocol versions does vSphere 6 support? (Choose two.)

A. Version 3
B. Version 3.1
C. Version 4
D. Version 4.1

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 40
An administrator attempts to create a Thick Provisioned Virtual Disk (VMDK) on an NFS datastore; but it fails.

Which two reasons would explain the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Datastore is on an NFS 3 storage server that does not support Hardware Acceleration
B. Datastore is on an NFS 4.1 storage server
C. Only VMFS datastores support "Thick Provisioned" VMDK
D. The NFS datastore was not created on a "Thick Provisioned" device

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 41
What condition would prevent an administrator from creating a new VMFS3 datastore on an ESXi 6.x host using the vSphere Web Client?

A. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be created on an ESXi 6.x host.

B. The VMFS3 kernel module is not loaded.
C. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be mounted on an ESXi 6.x host.
D. VMFS3 datastores are not compatible with virtual machines created on an ESXi 6.x host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 42
Which two statements are true about VMFS5 datastores on ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual Disk (VMDK) size can be larger than 2TB.

B. Datastore extent size can be larger than 2TB.
C. Only Physical Mode Raw Device Map (Passthrough-RDM) can be larger than 2TB.
D. 2MB block size is required to support larger than 2TB file size.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 43
Which three conditions would prevent Storage I/O Control from being enabled on a group of datastores? (Choose three.)

A. The datastores planned for the solution are used by different vSphere clusters.
B. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as a Raw Device Mapping file.
C. A datastore planned for the solution has three extents.
D. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as NFS.
E. The organization has an Enterprise license.

Correct Answer: BCE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 44
When is it possible to place a VMFS5 datastore in maintenance mode?

A. When it is a member of a Storage DRS cluster

B. When it is a member of Virtual SAN cluster
C. When it is a member of a multi-extent datastore
D. When it is a member of a Virtual Volume

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 45
Refer to the Exhibit.

A vSphere 6.x Standard Switch is configured with 4 virtual machine portgroups, as shown in the exhibit.

Which portgroup would be utilized by default when creating a new virtual machine?

A. Access Network
B. DMZ Network
C. VM Network
D. Virtual Machine Network

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 46
You are creating a virtual machine in the Web Client using the New Virtual Machine wizard.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which two steps are required? (Choose two.)

A. Select a valid name.

B. Select a cluster for the compute resource.
C. Select a network adapter.
D. Select the virtual machine compatibility.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 47
From which two locations in the inventory hierarchy can you deploy a virtual machine using a template? (Choose two.)

A. Directly from the template.

B. From a compute resource.
C. From an existing virtual machine.
D. From a Datastore.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 48
What is the optimal configuration when building a virtual machine for a single-threaded Windows application?

A. Deploy single-threaded applications on uniprocessor virtual machines.

B. Deploy single-threaded applications on symmetric multi-processor virtual machines.
C. Tune single-threaded applications to take advantage of symmetric multi-processor resources.
D. Tune Single-threaded applications at the hypervisor level.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 49
A mission-critical virtual machine built on vSphere 4.1 needs to be moved to an ESXi 6.x host.

Which virtual hardware version is needed to move the virtual machine without upgrading?

A. 6
B. 7
C. 10
D. 11

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 50
Which two configurable options apply to both virtual machine CPU and memory allocation? (Choose two.)

A. Reservation
B. Shares
C. Resource Pool
D. Reserve All

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 51
A new vApp was built and tested in the corporate headquarters datacenter running vSphere 6.x.

What condition would explain why the virtual machine is failing to boot in an offsite datacenter running on vSphere 5.5?

A. The virtual machine was built with the default hardware version.
B. The VMFS 5 datastore is not compatible with virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
C. A DRS 5.5 cluster cannot run virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
D. The VMDK file is locked.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 52
When modifying a vApp, which two vSphere entities can be added? (Choose two.)

A. A resource pool
B. A network pool
C. A vApp
D. A folder

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 53
You need to add an object to an existing vApp using the vSphere Web Client. How is this accomplished?

A. Create an Object Inside the vApp.

B. Add an Object to a vApp.
C. Add an Object to the Datastore the vApp is located in.
D. Move all Objects to a new Datastore folder.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 54
A virtual machine template is accidently removed from the vCenter Server Inventory.

Which method would be used to recover the template back into the environment?

A. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmtx file to inventory.
B. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmx file to inventory.
C. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the ManagedObjectReference:GuestFileManager object.
D. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the ManagedObjectReference:VirtualDiskManager object.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 55
A vApp named Sales has a Memory Limit of 32 GB and a CPU Limit of 12,000 MHz. There are three virtual machines within the vApp:

- Sales-DB -- Has a memory reservation of 20 GB.

- Sales-DC -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.
- Sales-Web -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.

Which statement is correct?

A. All three virtual machines can power on, but will have memory contention.
B. All three virtual machines can power on without memory contention.
C. Only two of the three virtual machines can power on.
D. Only one of the virtual machines can power on.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 56
An administrator is cloning and configuring five new web server virtual machines.

What would be the benefit of configuring resource shares for the new VMs?

A. To prioritize access to a resource during contention.

B. To guarantee access to a resource during contention.
C. To prioritize access to a resource before contention occurs.
D. To guarantee access to a resource before contention occurs.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 57
An administrator is virtualizing a physical application server and adding it to an existing multi-tiered vApp. The application license is currently tied to the physical
NIC's MAC address, so the administrator needs to ensure the license will function properly in the virtual machine.

Which two actions can the administrator take to satisfy this task? (Choose two.)
A. Set the MAC address for the vNIC in the guest operating system.
B. Install the physical server's NIC into the ESXi host.
C. Configure the MAC address for the vNIC using the vSphere Web Client.
D. Assign the physical server NIC's MAC address in the vSphere Distributed Switch.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 58
A virtual machine has been renamed and an administrator is unable to find files with the new virtual machine name in the datastore.

What is the reason for this?

A. The names of the files on the datastore do not change.

B. The names of the files on the datastore have been corrupted.
C. The virtual machine needs to be re-added to the inventory.
D. The Distributed Resource Scheduler moved the virtual machine to another host.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 59
A vApp template recently added to a Content Library is not displayed.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Which two actions could correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Manually synchronize the library

B. Select the Download all library content immediately option
C. Select the Sync subscribed library option
D. Manually download the vApp template

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 60
When you add an ESXi 6.x host to a new Cluster, which vSphere object owns the CPU and Memory resources of the hosts?

A. vCenter Server
B. Datacenter
C. Cluster
D. Host

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 61
An administrator creates a DRS cluster of eight ESXi 6.x hosts. There are 10 virtual machines balanced across the hosts. An attempt to place the first host into
maintenance mode fails.

What are two reasons that the host failed to enter maintenance mode? (Choose two.)

A. The DRS cluster Automation Level is set to Partially Automated mode.

B. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS Host affinity rule Should run on hosts in group.
C. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a DRS Host affinity rule Must run on hosts in group.
D. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with an individual Automation Level set to Partially Automated.
Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 62
Which two statements are correct when turning off a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster? (Choose two.)

A. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is maintained.

B. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is removed.
C. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are removed and not maintained when DRS is re- enabled.
D. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are maintained when DRS is re-enabled.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 63
An administrator enables High Availability (HA) on a Virtual SAN cluster.

Which network is used for HA Network Heatbeat configuration?

A. The Management network.

B. The vMotion network.
C. The Virtual SAN network.
D. The Provisioning Traffic network.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 64
What are three goals of resource management within a cluster? (Choose three.)

A. To prevent virtual machines from monopolizing resources and to guarantee predictable service rates.
B. To exploit undercommitted resources and overcommit with graceful degradation.
C. To provide solutions to potential problems that you might encounter when using vCenter Server.
D. To control the relative importance of virtual machines and provide flexible dynamic partitioning.
E. To provide additional network administration capabilities.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 65
Which three features can be enabled for a new host cluster? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Distributed Resource Scheduling

B. High Availability
C. Fault Tolerance
D. Distributed Resource Scheduling
E. Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: BDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 66
An organization has an ESXi 6.x host that contains two resource pools. The host is being relocated to a DRS cluster.

What two actions can be taken to integrate the host into the cluster, and what would happen to the existing ESXi resource pool hierarchy as a result? (Choose two.)

A. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools present on the host will be deleted.
B. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools present on the host will be deleted.
C. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource pools present on the host will be preserved.
D. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource pools present on the host will be preserved.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 67
Which two events happen when Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) is disabled? (Choose two.)

A. The cluster's resource pool heirarchy and affinity rules are re-established when DRS is turned back on.
B. The cluster's resource pool hierarchy and affinity rules are not re-established when DRS is turned back on.
C. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster.
D. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster and assigned to the hosts.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 68
A High Availability (HA) cluster is configured to respond to a given number of host failures. The cluster contains virtual machines configured with these settings:

- VM1 has a 1GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

- VM2 has a 2GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation
- VM3 has no CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

Given this information, what is the correct slot size for the cluster?

A. The CPU Reservation should be set to 32MHz and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB plus memory overhead.
B. The CPU reservation should be set to 1 GHz and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus memory overhead.
C. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB plus the virtual machine memory overhead.
D. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to 32MB, plus the virtual machine memory overhead.
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 69
Which two High Availability (HA) Cluster admission control policies can help avoid resource fragmentation? (Choose two.)

A. Define failover capacity by static number of hosts

B. Define failover capacity by reserving a percentage of the cluster resources
C. Use dedicated failover hosts
D. Use Virtual Machine Monitoring

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 70
What is a requirement when enabling a Virtual SAN cluster in an existing High Availability (HA) and Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?

A. Disable DRS and HA before enabling Virtual SAN

B. Enable DRS before enabling Virtual SAN
C. Disable HA before enabling Virtual SAN
D. Enable Storage DRS before enabling Virtual SAN

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 71
What must be enabled to ensure that VM Component Protection (VMCP) works in a High Availability cluster?

A. VMware Tools Virtual Machine Communication Interface (VMCI)

B. Fault Tolerance
C. Atomic Test and Set (ATS)
D. All Paths Down (APD) Timeout

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 72
An organization has a number of virtual machines that would benefit from Fault Tolerance. These include:

- A single vCPU Apache Server

- A dual vCPU vCenter Server
- A quad vCPU SQL Server
- An eight vCPU Hadoop Server

Which two virtual machines can be configured to use VMware Fault Tolerance? (Choose two.)

A. Apache Server
B. vCenter Server
C. SQL Server
D. Hadoop Server

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 73
An administrator is moving a virtual machine into a resource pool. The VM and resource pool are configured as shown:

VM configuration:
- 2GHz CPU reservation
- 1GB Memory limit

Resource Pool configuration:

- 6GHz CPU reservation

- 1GB Memory reservation
- No limit to memory

What happens to the virtual machine's resource settings when it is moved into the pool?

A. The VM inherits the resource settings of the resource pool if expandable reservations is enabled.
B. The VM's reservations and limits are ignored and removed.
C. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation but receives the 1GB memory reservation.
D. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation and the 1GB Memory limit.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 74
Which two statements are true regarding VMware vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC)? (Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of a cache block size.
B. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying storage.
C. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the underlying cache data.
D. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of the disk block size.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 75
An administrator is tasked with performing a vMotion migration of a virtual machine. The virtual machine is configured as follows:

- vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC) enabled

- Ispart of a Distributed Resource Cluster (DRS) Cluster

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports multiple virtual flash resources.
B. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports one virtual flash resource.
C. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a preferred affinity to their current host and moves them only for mandatory reasons.
D. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a required affinity to their current host and does not move them.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 76
Which two actions are required when enabling vFlash Read Cache for a virtual machine's virtual disk? (Choose two.)

A. A value in the Virtual Flash Read Cache text box must be entered.
B. A Flash Resource Pool for Cache size reservation must be entered.
C. The Device backing and the block size must be configured.
D. The Enable virtual flash host swap cache check box must be selected.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 77
vMotion can be performed between which three physical boundaries? (Choose three.)

A. Between two vCenter Server Systems

B. Between two vSphere Distributed Virtual Switches
C. Between two vCenter Server Datacenter objects
D. Between two VMware NSX Layer 4 segments
E. Between two NFS datastores

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 78
Which three operations occur during a cold migration of a virtual machine? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine disks are moved if the datastore is being changed.
B. The virtual machine is registered with the destination server.
C. The source virtual machine is removed from the old hosts.
D. The virtual machine hardware is upgraded.
E. The virtual machine files are quiesced prior to the migration.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 79
An administrator needs to verify that vMotion operations can be performed in a vSphere data center.
What round trip time (RTT) latency is the maximum value that will allow vMotion operations to succeed?

A. 50ms RTT
B. 100ms RTT
C. 150ms RTT
D. 200ms RTT

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 80
Which three are requirements when using vMotion to move a virtual machine across vCenter Server systems? (Choose three.)

A. Both vCenter Servers must be using Enhanced Linked Mode.

B. Both vCenter Servers must be in the same Single Sign-On Domain.
C. Time must be synchronized.
D. Duplicate VM MAC addresses must be configured.
E. Both vCenter Servers must have High Availability enabled on source and destination clusters.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 81
An administrator is migrating a virtual machine from a Test cluster to a Production cluster. The two environments do not have any shared storage.

What is the easiest way to accomplish this task?

A. Perform a Storage vMotion.

B. Perform a regular vMotion.
C. Perform a Virtual to Virtual migration.
D. Perform a backup and restore using VMware Data Protection.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 82
What is a benefit of using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility for an environment?

A. EVC masks CPU features to allow compatibility between hosts that are dissimilar.
B. EVC allows for cross platform vMotion to occur.
C. EVC enables Long Distance vMotion.
D. EVC enables Storage vMotion functionality.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 83
Refer to the Exhibit.
-- Exhibit --

An administrator attempts to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) on a cluster. The operation results in a compatibility error, as shown in the exhibit.

What is the likely cause of this error?

A. The CPUs in the ESXi host are not AMD CPUs.

B. The CPUs in the ESXi host do not support hardware virtualization capabilities.
C. The XD/NX CPU features have not been enabled in the BIOS of the server.
D. There is no shared storage between the hosts in the cluster.
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 84
An administrator is attempting to migrate a large Hadoop virtual machine using vMotion. The administrator notices a delay when the machine is quiesced. The
Hadoop virtual machine is processing many transactions a second to an in-memory database.

Which two actions would help reduce the amount of time needed to perform a vMotion on this virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use multiple NICs for the vMotion vmkernel port.

B. Use a 10Gbps Network card for the vMotion vmkernel port.
C. Add an additional management network to help transmit the data quicker.
D. Disable Fault Tolerance before performing the vMotion.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 85
An administrator attempts to migrate a suspended virtual machine to a newly deployed vSphere 6.x cluster. The compatibility check fails.

What condition could cause this behavior?

A. The new vSphere 6.x cluster is running Intel CPUs instead of AMD CPUs.
B. A suspended virtual machine cannot be migrated.
C. The hardware virtualization feature of the CPU is not enabled on the new hosts.
D. A vSphere Distributed Switch is required to migrate a suspended virtual machine.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 86
An administrator must determine an appropriate backup solution, given these conditions:

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named Finance.

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named QA. Which solution allows an administrator the ability to backup 100 virtual machines?

A. Use Snapshot Manager on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
B. Use the VMware Consolidated Backup (vcb) tool on the ESXi Host to backup the virtual machines.
C. Use the VMware Data Recovery (VDR) Appliance on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
D. Use the VMware Data Protection (VDP) Appliance on one of the ESXi Hosts to backup the virtual machines.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 87
A vSphere administrator needs to backup a virtual machine that has a Microsoft SQL Server Database installed.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which solution allows for an application quiesce to occur during backup?

A. VMware vCenter Converter

B. VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager
C. VMware vSphere Replication
D. VMware vSphere Data Protection Advanced
Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 88
Which two statements are true about deploying and using vSphere Replication? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
B. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require a connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
C. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require the use of Site Recovery Manager and a connection between the two vSphere Replication
appliances.
D. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a single vSphere Replication appliance.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 89
An administrator is attempting to restore a number of files in a directory within the Operating System of a virtual machine.

How can the administrator restore the files from a previous backup?

A. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Web Client.
B. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from a web browser in the virtual machine.
C. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from the VMware Data Protection appliance.
D. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the vSphere Client.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
QUESTION 90
What are three valid disk configurations for the vSphere Data Protection 6.x Appliance? (Choose three.)

A. 500GB
B. 1TB
C. 1.5TB
D. 2TB
E. 4TB

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 91
What is a benefit of using VMware Data Protection (VDP)?

A. Provides support for guest-level backups and restores of Microsoft SQL Servers, Exchange Servers, and Share Point Servers.
B. Provides support for advanced storage services including replication, encryption, deduplication, and compression.
C. Provides direct access to VDP configuration integrated into the vSphere Client.
D. Reduces disk space consumed by virtual machine data using deduplication.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 92
When configuring vSphere Replication for a virtual machine, what is the lowest Recovery Point Objective (RPO) that can be selected?

A. 1 min
B. 5 min
C. 10 min
D. 15min

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 93
An administrator configures vSphere Replication for a virtual machine and enables multiple point in time (PIT) instances under the recovery settings in the
Configure Replication wizard.

Which two statements are correct for vSphere Replication with multiple point in time instances enabled? (Choose two.)

A. vSphere Replication retains a number of snapshot instances of the virtual machine on the target site based on the retention policy that you specify.
B. vSphere Replication uses the virtual machine's snapshot instances to define the target site Point in Time instance based on the retention policy that you specify.
C. vSphere Replication does not support virtual machines with snapshots.
D. vSphere Replication supports virtual machines with snapshots.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 94
Which three actions can be taken as a result of executing the vSphere Update Manager 6.x scan and remediation wizards? (Choose three.)

A. Install and upgrade software in virtual machines.

B. Upgrade the firmware on ESXi host devices.
C. Upgrade and Patch ESXi hosts.
D. Install and update third-party software on hosts.
E. Upgrade virtual machine hardware.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 95
Which three steps must be taken to use vSphere Update Manager 6.x to upgrade an ESXi 5.5 host to vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Download an ESXi Image.

B. Configure the vSphere Update Manager Download Service.
C. Create a baseline and attach it to the ESXi Host.
D. Scan the vCenter Content Library for the ESXi Image.
E. Remediate the ESXi Host.

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 96
vSphere Update Manager allows which two virtual machine attributes to be upgraded? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine firewall policies for NSX.

B. Software Packages in the virtual machine.
C. Virtual machine Hardware Version.
D. VMware Tools Upgrade.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 97
An administrator enables vSphere High Availability (HA) on an existing cluster with a large number of hosts and virtual machines. The administrator notices that the
setup of vSphere HA on some of the hosts is failing.
What step, if taken, might resolve this issue?

A. Increase the value of the config.vpxd.das.electionWaitTimeSec setting.

B. Set the value of vpxd.das.aamMemoryLimit to 256.
C. Set the value of the das.useDefaultIsolationAddress setting to False.
D. Increase the value of the das.iostatsinterval setting.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 98
An attempt to enable vSphere Fault Tolerance for a powered-on virtual machine fails.

Which two scenarios would result in this failure? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has three vCPUs configured.

B. The host on which the virtual machine is running has insufficient memory resources.
C. The virtual machine has insufficient resources to accommodate full reservation plus the overhead memory.
D. VMware High Availability is enabled on the cluster of which this host is a member.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 99
An administrator is unable to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch.

What are two likely reasons for this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Vmkernel interfaces on the switch are still in use.

B. VM Network port group adapters are connected to different switch.
C. Physical NICs are migrated to different switch.
D. VM Network adapters are connected to this switch.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 100
An administrator is attempting to enable Storage I/O Control on a datastore, but it is failing.

What is the likely reason for this failure?

A. The host is connected to a datastore is running on ESX 4.0.

B. The host is connected to a Fibre Channel storage array.
C. The datastore has multiple extents.
D. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 101
Which scenario shows a reason for VMware Tools failing to install?

A. Virtual machine has a CD-ROM configured.

B. Guest OS Antivirus is blocking the VMware Tools installation.
C. Guest OS has 64-bit ldd (list dynamic dependencies) utility installed.
D. Virtual machine is powered on.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 102
What are two possible causes of Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) being disabled on one or more virtual machine disks in a datastore cluster?
(Choose two.)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance disabled.

B. The virtual machine is a template.
C. The virtual machine swap file is on a shared datastore.
D. The disk is a CD-ROM/ISO file.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 103
What may be a cause for failure to unmount an NFS datastore?

A. It has active snapshot files.

B. It is being used for High Availability (HA) heartbeat.
C. It is part of a Cluster.
D. It is managed by Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS).

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 104
An administrator is troubleshooting basic network connectivity issues.

Which two scenarios are potential issues that this administrator might face? (Choose two.)

A. The vSwitch is not attached to the correct physical network.

B. The portgroup is not configured to use correct VLAN.
C. Traffic shaping is configured incorrectly.
D. Jumbo frames is configured incorrectly.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 105
Why are some virtual machines orphaned after rebooting a High Availability (HA) enabled host?

A. The Orphaned virtual machines have HA restart disabled.

B. The Orphaned virtual machines moved recently and the change did not persist.
C. The host is attached to failed storage.
D. The host just came out of maintenance mode.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 106
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but is unable to do so.

Which two reasons are probable causes of the failure? (Choose two.)
A. Storage access to the virtual machine swap file has been lost.
B. One of the virtual machine VMDK files is locked.
C. Virtual machine is running CentOS 7.0 64-bit.
D. Virtual machine has Hyper-Threading enabled.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 107
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

A 4 GB Memory virtual machine is experiencing extended memory issues, as shown in the Exhibit.

What potential issues could be attributed to this memory pressure?

A. A limit is imposed on the virtual memory of this virtual machine.

B. The Balloon driver has been uninstalled.
C. A limit has been imposed on the Virtual CPU of the virtual machine.
D. Storage IO control has been enabled for the virtual machine causing the swapped memory.
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 108
An administrator has unsuccessfully attempted several times to install an Operating System inside a virtual machine. The administrator finds that the installation
fails at random intervals.

Which two actions can be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Verify the md5sum and if invalid, download the installation files again.
B. Attempt the installation an additional time.
C. Attempt to use a different installation media or installation method.
D. Create a new virtual machine and attempt the installation with the existing media.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 109
A Fault Tolerance (FT) virtual machine with four vCPUs is experiencing high latency when performing ICMP and Application tests.

What are three potential causes that may be attributing to this latency? (Choose three.)

A. The FT network has insufficient bandwidth and is running on a 1GB Link.

B. The FT network is on a particularly high latency link.
C. The FT network has been configured with Network I/O Control.
D. The FT virtual machine is running an e1000 network adapter.
E. The FT virtual machine is running on poor performing network-based storage.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 110
VMware tools is failing to install on a Microsoft Windows virtual machine.

What are two possible situations that would prevent the installation? (Choose two.)

A. The VMware tools installation media is corrupt.

B. The incorrect Operating System was selected in the virtual machine options.
C. The software prerequisites have not been installed.
D. The prerequisite services have not been started.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 111
An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but the task is hanging at 95%. What three scenarios best explain why this problem is happening?
(Choose three.)

A. A virtual machine question is currently being posed to the administrator.

B. Another task for the virtual machine or other component is already in progress.
C. The VMware High Availability cluster has insufficient resources to guarantee failover.
D. The host has lost access to the storage device containing the virtual machine files.
E. The host is under resource contention and unable to power on the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 112
An application running in a virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. When utilizing performance monitoring utilities, it is noted that the CPU Utilization of
the application is at 100%.

Which two scenarios are probable causes of the CPU contention for the application? (Choose two.)

A. There is a network I/O constraint.

B. There is a storage I/O constraint.
C. There is insufficient disk space assigned to the virtual machine.
D. The application is not virtualization aware.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 113
A user is trying to retrieve objects from a SharePoint server and finds the request is taking an excessive amount of time. An administrator tries to isolate the issue
and notes the following:

- Application performance is poor when compared to virtual machines on other hosts.

- Performance improves when the virtual machine is moved to another host.
- The virtual machine encounters higher than expected CPU %Ready times.

What conclusion can be reached regarding the performance issues for this virtual machine?

A. Host Power Management is directly impacting virtual machine performance.

B. The virtual machine has a large number of snapshots.
C. The Path Selection Policy for the storage device is set differently on the affected host.
D. Network I/O control is configured for the portgroup.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 114
When attempting to access a virtual machine, an administrator is unable to login using the vSphere credentials.

What two options are probable causes of the authentication failure? (Choose two.)

A. The vSphere credentials have not been granted permissions.

B. The vSphere credentials are granted read-only permissions.
C. The vSphere credentials are granted no-access permissions.
D. The vSphere credentials are not a member of the local administrator group.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 115
A physical Windows 2008 R2 Server is converted to a virtual machine using VMware vCenter Converter. Upon completion of the conversion and subsequent power
on operation, the virtual machine fails to boot and the message below is observed in the Console of the virtual machine:

STOP 0x0000007B INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which two potential issues may be causing this boot failure? (Choose two.)

A. An incorrect SCSI controller was selected during conversion.

B. Incompatible software drivers were migrated into the virtual machine from the source machine.
C. The vmdk file backing the virtual machine was thick provisioned.
D. A snapshot was taken immediately after the conversion completed.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 116
When attempting to power on a Virtual Machine you observe the following error:

Cannot open the disk '/vmfs/volumes/volume/vm/vm-000002.vmdk' or one of the snapshot disks it depends on.

Which three actions will be the best solutions to address this problem? (Choose three.)

A. Verify that the virtual machine's disk files are present.

B. Investigate the host and virtual machine log files.
C. Verify the vmdk descriptor files and if required, recreate them.
D. Delete the disk file preventing the power on operation.
E. Migrate or register the virtual machine to a different host.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 117
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --
An administrator has been given requirements to configure vMotion for a new virtual machine. The configuration should:
- Provide Network Redundancy
- Use VLAN 550
- Be secured against anyone trying to spoof communication

The vSwitch1 configuration is shown in the Exhibit.

Which three changes should be made to meet the stated requirements? (Choose three.)

A. The VLAN ID must be set appropriately.

B. The default values for MAC Address Changes and Forged Transmits must be altered.
C. The teaming and failover adapters must be set appropriately.
D. The Traffic Shaping configuration must be altered.
E. The Load Balancing Policy must be set appropriately.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 118
An administrator is using the Host Failures to Tolerate Admission Control Policy for a vSphere High Availability (HA) cluster. When configuring this setting on the
cluster, the administrator sees this error message:

Insufficient resources to satisfy HA failover level on cluster

What are two likely causes for the error? (Choose two.)

A. The hosts in the cluster are disconnected.

B. A host in the cluster is displaying an HA error.
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler has not been configured on the cluster.
D. Virtual Machine Component Protection has not been turned on.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 119
An administrator has been tasked with enabling High Availability (HA) on a cluster in a vSphere 6.x environment with default settings. The cluster configures
properly and there are no errors. The next day when powering on a virtual machine, an error is presented:

Not Enough Failover Resources

Which three scenarios are likely causes of this error message? (Choose three.)

A. The default VM Monitoring Sensitivity is set too high.

B. There are not enough datastore heartbeat datastores configured by default.
C. The default slot size in the cluster is set too high.
D. There are virtual machines with large CPU reservations.
E. A host is in maintenance mode for a replacement of a failed Hard Drive.

Correct Answer: CDE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 120
An administrator is attempting to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS). When the administrator attempts to remove the host, the
following error is observed:

The resource '16' is still in use.

What three steps are needed to successfully remove the host from the switch? (Choose three.)

A. Select Manage Ports on the vDS for the host.

B. Locate all ports currently in use on the vDS for the host.
C. Migrate or delete any vmkernel or virtual machine adapters associated with the switch.
D. Remove all network cards from the switch before trying to remove the host.
E. Create a standard switch for everything to be automatically be migrated to.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 121
An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client, but is unable to see any hosts and clusters.

Which two options could fix the problem? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that the client web browser and vCenter Server are in the same broadcast domain.
B. Verify that the vCenter Server system is registered with the same Platform Services Controller as the vSphere Web Client.
C. Log in to the vCenter Server as a user within the Active Directory domain.
D. Log in to the vSphere Web Client as a user with permissions on the vCenter Server system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 122
Users of an application are reporting performance issues. The following performance values are observed in the vSphere Web Client:

- Host CPU utilization is 90%

- Virtual Machine memory utilization is consistently greater than 90%
- CPU Ready values are higher than 20%

What could be the cause of the application performance issue?

A. The host is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.
B. The host is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.
C. The virtual machine is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.
D. The virtual machine is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 123
- An administrator wants to add a web server to an existing multi-tier application consisting of three virtual machines:
- A web server
- A database server
- An application server

The web server should be added to the application when the primary web server reaches:

- 70% vCPU utilization

- 55% active memory

Which option will achieve this result?

A. Create a virtual machine alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the web server.
B. Create a host cpu and memory alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the webserver.
C. Configure HA application monitoring for the web server and set it to trigger deployment of a new instance of the web server.
D. Configure Fault Tolerance on the virtual machine and leave the secondary machine disabled until needed.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 124
An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual machine meets two conditions:

- high virtual CPU

- high active memory consumption

The alarm is malfunctioning and triggering when either condition is met instead of both.

What can be done to correct the issue?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 125
An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual machine meets either of these conditions:

- High virtual CPU

- High active memory consumption.

The alarm is only triggering when both of the conditions are met.

What can be done to correct the alarm behavior?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory and link them together with ESXCLI.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 126
An organization has configured Distributed Power Management (DPM) on a vSphere 6 cluster. The organization wants to be alerted when an ESXi host has been
powered down by DPM.

Which two options represent the type and name of the alarm that would accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. DrsEnteringStandbyModeEvent
B. DrsEnteredStandbyModeEvent
C. Event-based
D. Condition-based

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 127
Which three actions can be executed when an alarm is triggered? (Choose three.)

A. Send an email.
B. Send an SNMP trap.
C. Run a script or command.
D. Run an Orchestrator workflow.
E. Send a trigger to syslog.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 128
Which two SMTP Notification Event Details are specific to alarms triggered by events? (Choose two.)

A. User Name
B. Summary
C. Old Status
D. Target

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 129
An administrator deploys vRealize Operations into a vSphere 6.x environment. After the deployment, the administrator notices that badges are not appearing.

What is a likely cause of this behavior?

A. Badges do not appear until you register vRealize Operations with vCenter Server.
B. Badges do not appear until you register a vCenter Server in vRealize Operations.
C. The vRealize Operations appliance needs to be redeployed.
D. The vCenter Server appliance needs to be redeployed.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:

QUESTION 130
An administrator is unable to create the first group in a new vRealize Operations environment.

What is the likely cause of the problem?

A. There are no group types defined.

B. The group is not defined in SSO.
C. There are more than 32 group types defined.
D. The description for the group is not provided.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Explanation:
http://www.gratisexam.com/
VMware 2V0-620

vSphere 6 Foundations Exam

Version: 6.0
 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 1

By default, each ESXi 6.x host is provisioned with a certificate from which root certificate
authority?

A. RedHat Certificate Authority

B. VMware Certificate Authority
C. DigiCert Certificate Authority
D. Verisign Certificate Authority

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 2

Which vSphere 6 Enterprise Edition feature will allow an organization to ensure that critical multi-
threaded applications have the maximum possible uptime?

A. Fault Tolerance
B. High Availability
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler
D. App HA

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 3

Which vSphere 6 Standard Edition feature will allow an organization to ensure that critical multi-
threaded applications have the maximum possible uptime?

A. Fault Tolerance
B. High Availability
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler
D. App HA

Answer: B
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 2

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 4

Which vSphere 6.x feature will allow an organization to utilize native snapshots?

A. Virtual Volumes
B. Virtual SAN
C. VMFS3
D. VMFS5

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 5

Which two components can be used when configuring Enhanced Linked Mode? (Choose two.)

A. vCenter Server Appliance

B. vRealize Operations Manager
C. vSphere Management Appliance
D. vCenter Server for Windows

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 6

What is the effective vSphere licensing level during the 60 day evaluation period?

A. vSphere Foundation Essentials Plus

B. vSphere Standard
C. vSphere Enterprise
D. vSphere Enterprise Plus

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 7

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 3

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
What component must be installed prior to deploying a vCenter Server in vSphere 6.x?

A. vCenter Identity Services

B. Platform Services Controller
C. vCenter Single Sign-On
D. Client Integration Plug-In

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 8

An administrator deploys vCenter Server using the embedded Platform Services Controller. After
testing the deployment for a couple of months, it is determined that the environment would be
better served with an external Platform Services Controller.

What should the administrator do to meet this new requirement?

A. Deploy a fresh instance of vCenter Server with an external Platform Services Controller.
B. Perform a fresh install of an external Platform Services Controller.
C. Migrate the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services Controller.
D. Upgrade the embedded Platform Services Controller to an external Platform Services
Controller.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 9

An administrator is installing vCenter Server for an environment that has 40 ESXi 6.x Hosts and
150 virtual machines.

Which database would meet the minimal requirements needed for this task?

A. vFabric Postgres
B. Microsoft SQL Express 2008
C. Microsoft SQL Server 2014
D. Oracle 11g

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 4

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 10

What information is required as part of an interactive ESXi 6.x installation?

A. Keyboard layout
B. IP Address
C. Root password
D. DNS information

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 11

After installation of a host in your test environment, you need to move it to production. The only
major change that needs to be made is that the hostname of the server needs to change.

What are two ways that an administrator can change the host name without editing configuration
files on the host directly? (Choose two.)

A. Login to the Direct Console User Interface and change it from here.
B. Edit the Default TCP/IP Configuration from the vSphere Web Client.
C. Use the Ruby vSphere Client to send a script to the ESXi host that updates the hostname.
D. Update the information in DNS and the ESXi host will automatically update with these changes.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 12

You are editing the management network configuration of an ESXi 6.x Host from the vSphere Web
Client. You mistakenly put the incorrect VLAN in place for the management network.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 5

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
What action do you need to take to correct this?

A. You need to manually edit the configuration on the host with command line utilities.
B. No action is required. By default ESXi rolls back configuration changes that disconnect the
host.
C. The ESXi host system configuration will need to be restored to the factory configuration to fix
the issue.
D. The change can be reverted in the vSphere Web Client by simply editing the switch again.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 13

You have just installed an ESXi 6.x Host. As part of your company security regulations, a security
banner must be presented on the console of the host.

How can this action be accomplished?

A. Configure the Advanced Settings > Annotations screen of the ESXi host.
B. This is configured from the Direct Console User Interface configuration menu.
C. It is not possible to configure a security banner for the ESXi host.
D. From vCenter Server, this setting is configured globally in the vCenter Server configuration.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 14

In order for a company to meet regulatory requirements, all ESXi 6.x Hosts must be configured to
direct logs to a syslog server.

What are two ways ESXi hosts can configured for this action? (Choose two)

A. Use the esxcli system syslog command.

B. Edit them in the ESXi host Advanced System Settings.
C. From the Syslog collector user interface of the Web Client.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 6

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. Syslog logging is not available for ESXi Hosts.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 15

An administrator is performing an interactive installation of ESXi 6.x.

Which three options are available for installation? (Choose three.)

A. DVD
B. USB
C. PXE
D. Scripted
E. Auto Deploy

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 16

An administrator is performing a scripted installation of ESXi 6.x.

In which three locations does the script need to be? (Choose three.)

A. PXE Server
B. HTTPS
C. FTP
D. NFS
E. VVOLs Datastore

Answer: B,C,D
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 7

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 17

Which three items should be validated prior to installing ESXi 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Remote Storage has been disconnected.

B. Installation media is available.
C. Server hardware clock is set to UTC.
D. Storage has been partitioned with a VMFS volume.
E. Network cards have been setup to use Jumbo Frames.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 18

An administrator has just completed performing an interactive installation of ESXi 6.x and is
booting the host.

How is the network initially configured?

A. The network is configured by Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).

B. The network is configured based on the settings detected in DNS.
C. The network is configured with the address as specified in the installer.
D. The network is automatically configured by DHCP.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 19

An administrator has just completed installing an ESXi 6.x host, but doesn't know what address
has been configured.

Where is the ESXi host IP address configured?

A. RVC console
B. Direct Console User Interface
C. vSphere Web Client

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 8

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. vSphere Client

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 20

An administrator has just configured the IP address on an ESXi host from the Direct Console User
Interface.

How can the configuration be validated as correct without any additional tools?

A. Add the host to vCenter Server and if it works, then all networking settings are ok.
B. Select the Test Management Network option from the DCUI.
C. Connect to the host with the vSphere Client and click the Test Network option.
D. Use PowerCLI to connect to the host and initiate a network test.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 21

An administrator has recently installed a new ESXi 6.x Host, and during the configuration notices
sporadic network problems. To check whether the issue occurred sometime during the
configuration, the administrator would like to reset the system.

How can this be accomplished in the shortest amount of time?

A. Run the ESXi installer again and reinstall the host.

B. Select the Reset System Configuration option from the vSphere Client when connected directly
to the host.
C. From the Direct Console User Interface, select Reset System Configuration.
D. Use a host profile to reset the configuration to a default state.

Answer: C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 9

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 22

Your manager has given you a bash script that retrieves data for ESXi 6.x host configurations.
This data needs to be collected right after the installation of a host and must be run directly on the
host.

Which two actions can be used to run this script on an ESXi host? (Choose two.)

A. Connect to the host with Ruby vSphere Console and run the script from there.
B. Enable SSH access from the Direct Console User Interface.
C. Enable the ESXi Shell from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Run the script directly from the vSphere Web Client.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 23

What is the default load balancing policy for a newly created VMkernel port on a vSphere
Distributed Switch?

A. Route based on orginating virtual port ID

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on source mac address
D. Route based on physical NIC load

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 24

How are ports scaled on vSphere Standard Switches (vSS)?

A. Ports on a vSS can be dynamically scaled up and down.

B. Ports on a vSS can only be statically scaled up or down.
C. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled down.
D. Ports on a vSS can only be dynamically scaled up.

Answer: A

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 10

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 25

Which three connection types are available when configuring a vSwitch in the vSphere Web
Client? (Choose three.)

A. VMkernel Network Adapter

B. Physical Network Adapter
C. Virtual Machine Port Group for a Standard Switch
D. vMotion Network Adapter
E. vSAN Network Adapter

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 26

How many Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs) can be configured on a vSphere 6.x Distributed
Switch?

A. 64
B. 96
C. 128
D. 256

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 27

An administrator is configuring the Failover Order option on a vSphere Distributed Switch.

Which two options should be used with IP-hash load balancing? (Choose two.)

A. Active Uplinks

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 11

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
B. Standby Uplinks
C. Unused Uplinks
D. Override Failover Order

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 28

An administrator is creating a new vSphere Distributed Switch that will be utilized with a specific
vSphere Cluster. The cluster itself contains a mix of ESXi 5.x and 6.x Hosts.

Which Distributed Switch version should be created to support this configuration?

A. Distributed Switch: 6.0.0

B. Distributed Switch: 5.0.0
C. Distributed Switch: 5.1.0
D. Distributed Switch: 5.5.0

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 29

During a new vSphere Distributed Switch configuration, where does the Maximum Transmission
Unit (MTU) value get modified?

A. Uplink Settings
B. Switch Settings
C. Portgroup Settings
D. NIC Teaming Settings

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 30

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 12

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Which two actions are prerequisites to adding ESXi 6.x hosts to a vSphere Distributed Switch?
(Choose two.)

A. Verify that there is at least one Distributed Port Group on the Distributed Switch.
B. Verify that the Distributed Port Group have active uplinks configured in its teaming and failover
policy.
C. Verify that the Distributed Switch has been configured with a Network Profile.
D. Verify that Network I/O control for Management Traffic is configured for the highest share value.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 31

Which load balancing policy, previously limited to vSphere Distributed Switches, is now available
on vSphere Standard Switches with vSphere 6.x?

A. Route based on physical NIC workload

B. Route based on IP Hash
C. Route based on the originating virtual port
D. Route based on Source MAC Hash

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 32

Which three VLAN Tagging modes are available in vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. External Switch Tagging

B. Private VLAN Tagging
C. Virtual Switch Tagging
D. VXLAN Tagging
E. Virtual Guest Tagging

Answer: A,C,E
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 13

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 33

Which three traffic types are available services options when configuring a vmkernel port?
(Choose three.)

A. Provisioning Traffic
B. Virtual Volumes Traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC Traffic
D. Virtual SAN Traffic
E. FCoE Traffic

Answer: A,C,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 34

Which two networking connection types can be configured on a virtual switch? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine portgroups

B. VMkernel services (such as NFS, iSCSI, or vMotion) to the physical network
C. Web services over the Management Network
D. NFS and FCoE storage services

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 35

An administrator is configuring the Maximum Transmission Unit value on a vSphere Distributed

Switch.

Which two options are typical values for ESXi networking? (Choose two.)

A. 1492
B. 1500
C. 9000
D. 9089

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 14

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 36

An administrator needs to monitor traffic on vSwitches in a vSphere 6.x environment.

Which option, if configured, would accomplish this task?

A. Forged Transmits
B. MAC Address Changes
C. Promiscuous Mode
D. Notify Switches

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 37

Which two allow for the disabling of Network Rollback operations? (Choose two.)

A. Modifying the vpxd advanded configuration options and adding

the config.vpxd.network.rollback key
B. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting
the<rollback> xml tag
C. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\vpxd.cfg file and adjusting the
<networkrollback> xml tag
D. Modifying the C:\ProgramData\VMware\CIS\cfg\vmware-vpx\firstboot\vpxd-service-spec.prop
file and adjusting the <rollback> xml tag

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 38

What are two ways to identify TCP/IP stack information? (Choose two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 15

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Using the vSphere Web Client
B. Using esxcli network ip netstack
C. Using esxcfg-netstack
D. Using the vSphere Client

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 39

Which two Fibre Channel zoning options are supported with vSphere 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Single-Initiator
B. Single-Initiator-Single-Target
C. Multiple-Initiators-Single-Target
D. Multiple-Initiators-Multiple-Targets

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 40

Which two parameters are required when adding an iSCSI target to an iSCSI Software Adapter
using Dynamic Discovery? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device's IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain Name

B. The Port Number
C. The iSCSI device's iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN)
D. The Default Gateway IP Address

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 41

What is true regarding datastores on ESXi 6.x?

A. NFS 4.1 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 16

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
B. VMFS3 and VMFS5 datastores can be newly created
C. NFS datastore can be concurrently mounted using NFS 4.1 on one host and NFS on another
D. NFS 3.0 datastore does not support Fault Tolerance (FT)

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 42

Which type of Adapter does not require vmkernel networking?

A. Independent Hardware iSCSI Adapter

B. Dependent Hardware iSCSI Adapter
C. Software iSCSI Adapter
D. Software FCoE Adapter

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 43

What are two benefits of using NFS 4.1 with vSphere 6.x as compared to NFS 3? (Choose two.)

A. NFS 4.1 supports Kerberos Authentication

B. NFS 4.1 supports multipathing
C. NFS 4.1 supports IPv6
D. NFS 4.1 supports hardware acceleration

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 44

Which two storage controller configurations can be used with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

A. SAS controllers in Passthrough mode

B. SAS controllers in RAID0 mode
C. SAS controllers in RAID1 mode

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 17

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. SAS controllers in RAID10 mode

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 45

A company has decided to implement Virtual SAN within their vSphere 6.x environment. The
Virtual SAN cluster will be composed of three ESXi 6.x hosts that are on the Virtual SAN Ready
Node list.

Each ESXi host includes:

- Two SAS Controllers that support Passthrough Mode

- Four Solid State Drives (SSDs) 1TB in size each
- 20 SAS Magnetic Disks (MDs) 1TB in size each
- The SSDs and MDs are evenly split between the two SAS controllers

The company will pilot a Virtual SAN cluster utilizing VMware best practices while maximizing
storage capacity. The Virtual SAN cluster will use Manual Mode.

Which two Disk Group configurations would meet the stated configuration requirements? (Choose
two.)

A. 4 disk groups with 1 SSD and 5 MDs each

B. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 7 MDs each
C. 2 disk groups with 2 SSDs and 7 MDs each
D. 2 disk groups with 1 SSD and 10 MDs each

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 46

An administrator is creating a new Virtual SAN cluster on a Layer 2 network. There is an

existing Virtual SAN cluster on the same Layer 2 network.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 18

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Which two actions would allow the new Virtual SAN cluster to coexist with the older cluster?
(Choose two.)

A. Change the default Multicast Address on the new Virtual SAN cluster.
B. Change the default Unicast Address on the new Virtual SAN Cluster.
C. Create a separate VLAN for each cluster.
D. Create an ARP Alias for the Virtual SAN VMkernel Network Adapter.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 47

Which two Virtual SAN related actions might start resynchronization of virtual machine objects?
(Choose two.)

A. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of replicas.

B. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of replicas.
C. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to increase the number of disk stripes.
D. Editing a virtual machine storage policy to reduce the number of disk stripes.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 48

Which two NFS Protocol versions does vSphere 6 support? (Choose two.)

A. Version 3
B. Version 3.1
C. Version 4
D. Version 4.1

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 49

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 19

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
An administrator attempts to create a Thick Provisioned Virtual Disk (VMDK) on an NFS
datastore; but it fails.

Which two reasons would explain the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Datastore is on an NFS 3 storage server that does not support Hardware Acceleration
B. Datastore is on an NFS 4.1 storage server
C. Only VMFS datastores support "Thick Provisioned" VMDK
D. The NFS datastore was not created on a "Thick Provisioned" device

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 50

What condition would prevent an administrator from creating a new VMFS3 datastore on an ESXi
6.x host using the vSphere Web Client?

A. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be created on an ESXi 6.x host.

B. The VMFS3 kernel module is not loaded.
C. A VMFS3 datastore cannot be mounted on an ESXi 6.x host.
D. VMFS3 datastores are not compatible with virtual machines created on an ESXi 6.x host.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 51

Which two statements are true about VMFS5 datastores on ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual Disk (VMDK) size can be larger than 2TB.

B. Datastore extent size can be larger than 2TB.
C. Only Physical Mode Raw Device Map (Passthrough-RDM) can be larger than 2TB.
D. 2MB block size is required to support larger than 2TB file size.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 20

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 52

Which three conditions would prevent Storage I/O Control from being enabled on a group of
datastores? (Choose three.)

A. The datastores planned for the solution are used by different vSphere clusters.
B. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as a Raw Device Mapping file.
C. A datastore planned for the solution has three extents.
D. A datastore planned for the solution is configured as NFS.
E. The organization has an Enterprise license.

Answer: B,C,E
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 53

When is it possible to place a VMFS5 datastore in maintenance mode?

A. When it is a member of a Storage DRS cluster

B. When it is a member of Virtual SAN cluster
C. When it is a member of a multi-extent datastore
D. When it is a member of a Virtual Volume

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 54

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 21

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

A vSphere 6.x Standard Switch is configured with 4 virtual machine portgroups, as shown in the
exhibit.

Which portgroup would be utilized by default when creating a new virtual machine?

A. Access Network
B. DMZ Network
C. VM Network
D. Virtual Machine Network

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 55

You are creating a virtual machine in the Web Client using the New Virtual Machine wizard.

Which two steps are required? (Choose two.)

A. Select a valid name.

B. Select a cluster for the compute resource.
C. Select a network adapter.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 22

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. Select the virtual machine compatibility.

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 56

From which two locations in the inventory hierarchy can you deploy a virtual machine using
a template? (Choose two.)

A. Directly from the template.

B. From a compute resource.
C. From an existing virtual machine.
D. From a Datastore.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 57

An administrator is deploying multiple Windows 2003 Virtual Machines from the same template.

What two steps should be taken to avoid network conflicts? (Choose two.)

A. Customize the guest operating system.

B. Install VMware Tools into the new virtual machines.
C. Copy the Microsoft Sysprep tools onto the vCenter Server system.
D. Ensure the e1000 vmnic is selected for each new virtual machine.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 58

An ESXi 6.x host consists of 24 logical cores. Hyperthreading is enabled on the host.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 23

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
What is the maximum number of vCPUs that can be assigned to a virtual machine on this host?

A. 24
B. 48
C. 64
D. 128

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 59

An administrator has an application that requires connection directly to PCI devices through a
virtual machine.

What is a limitation of this configuration?

A. Devices must be reserved for PCI passthrough on at least one host on which the virtual
machine will run.
B. Snapshots are not supported with DirectPath I/O passthrough devices.
C. A maximum of 18 PCI vSphere DirectPath devices can be added to a virtual machine.
D. Only one PCI controller can be presented to the virtual machine.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 60

What is the optimal configuration when building a virtual machine for a single-threaded Windows
application?

A. Deploy single-threaded applications on uniprocessor virtual machines.

B. Deploy single-threaded applications on symmetric multi-processor virtual machines.
C. Tune single-threaded applications to take advantage of symmetric multi-processor resources.
D. Tune Single-threaded applications at the hypervisor level.

Answer: A
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 24

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 61

A mission-critical virtual machine built on vSphere 4.1 needs to be moved to an ESXi 6.x host.

Which virtual hardware version is needed to move the virtual machine without upgrading?

A. 6
B. 7
C. 10
D. 11

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 62

Which two configurable options apply to both virtual machine CPU and memory allocation?
(Choose two.)

A. Reservation
B. Shares
C. Resource Pool
D. Reserve All

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 63

A new vApp was built and tested in the corporate headquarters datacenter running vSphere 6.x.

What condition would explain why the virtual machine is failing to boot in an offsite datacenter
running on vSphere 5.5?

A. The virtual machine was built with the default hardware version.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 25

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
B. The VMFS 5 datastore is not compatible with virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
C. A DRS 5.5 cluster cannot run virtual machines configured with vSphere 6.x.
D. The VMDK file is locked.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 64

When modifying a vApp, which two vSphere entities can be added? (Choose two.)

A. A resource pool
B. A network pool
C. A vApp
D. A folder

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 65

You need to add an object to an existing vApp using the vSphere Web Client. How is this
accomplished?

A. Create an Object Inside the vApp.

B. Add an Object to a vApp.
C. Add an Object to the Datastore the vApp is located in.
D. Move all Objects to a new Datastore folder.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 66

A virtual machine template is accidently removed from the vCenter Server Inventory.

Which method would be used to recover the template back into the environment?

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 26

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmtx file to
inventory.
B. Use the datastore browser to locate the template, then right click and add the .vmx file to
inventory.
C. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from the
ManagedObjectReference:GuestFileManager object.
D. Using the Managed Object Browser and adding the template from
the ManagedObjectReference:VirtualDiskManager object.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 67

A vApp named Sales has a Memory Limit of 32 GB and a CPU Limit of 12,000 MHz. There are
three virtual machines within the vApp:

- Sales-DB -- Has a memory reservation of 20 GB.

- Sales-DC -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.
- Sales-Web -- Has a memory reservation of 8 GB.

Which statement is correct?

A. All three virtual machines can power on, but will have memory contention.
B. All three virtual machines can power on without memory contention.
C. Only two of the three virtual machines can power on.
D. Only one of the virtual machines can power on.

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 68

An administrator is cloning and configuring five new web server virtual machines.

What would be the benefit of configuring resource shares for the new VMs?

A. To prioritize access to a resource during contention.

B. To guarantee access to a resource during contention.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 27

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
C. To prioritize access to a resource before contention occurs.
D. To guarantee access to a resource before contention occurs.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 69

An administrator is virtualizing a physical application server and adding it to an existing multi-tiered

vApp. The application license is currently tied to the physical NIC's MAC address, so the
administrator needs to ensure the license will function properly in the virtual machine.

Which two actions can the administrator take to satisfy this task? (Choose two.)

A. Set the MAC address for the vNIC in the guest operating system.
B. Install the physical server's NIC into the ESXi host.
C. Configure the MAC address for the vNIC using the vSphere Web Client.
D. Assign the physical server NIC's MAC address in the vSphere Distributed Switch.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 70

A virtual machine has been renamed and an administrator is unable to find files with the new
virtual machine name in the datastore.

What is the reason for this?

A. The names of the files on the datastore do not change.

B. The names of the files on the datastore have been corrupted.
C. The virtual machine needs to be re-added to the inventory.
D. The Distributed Resource Scheduler moved the virtual machine to another host.

Answer: A
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 28

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 71

What is required when changing a virtual machine name using the vSphere Web Client?

A. Verify connectivity to the ESXi host where the virtual machine is running and its inventory list is
accessible.
B. Verify in which datastore the virtual machine resides and that you have access and its inventory
list is accessible.
C. Verify that virtual machine files are stored in the same datastore and can be accessed in the
datastore browser list.
D. Verify the virtual machine is not running in Fault Tolerant mode and that it is not in a Distributed
Resource Scheduler cluster.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 72

Which two options would allow a database administrator, with no access to the vSphere
infrastructure, to connect to a virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use the Virtual Machine Remote Console (VMRC).

B. Use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to connect.
C. Ask the vSphere administrator to grant permission to access the console through vCenter
Server.
D. Ask the vSphere administrator to grant permission to access with the Horizon View Direct
Connect Client.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 73

An administrator has a virtual machine that requires four times the compute resources than other
virtual machines on the same ESXi 6.x host.

How should the administrator configure the virtual machine settings, in order to be prepared for
any resource contention?

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 29

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Low.
B. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High.
C. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to High and the rest to Normal.
D. Set the shares of the priority virtual machine to Normal and the rest to Low.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 74

A vApp is running out of compute resources when overall activity is high within the resource pool.
At other times, everything is fine.

What should be done to resolve this issue?

A. Increase the size of the resource pool Shares.

B. Set the vApp's CPU and Memory Reservation Type to Expandable.
C. Set the vApp's CPU and Memory Limit to Unlimited.
D. Create a new resource pool with the existing hardware configuration.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 75

You want to deploy a vApp and dynamically assign IP addresses without a DHCP server on the
network.

Which action would you take to accomplish this task?

A. Enable IP pools.
B. Configure a local DHCP server in the vApp.
C. Enable NAT on the vApp router.
D. Configure the guest OS for workgroup and WINS.

Answer: A
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 30

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 76

A vApp template recently added to a Content Library is not displayed.

Which two actions could correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Manually synchronize the library

B. Select the Download all library content immediately option
C. Select the Sync subscribed library option
D. Manually download the vApp template

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 77

When you add an ESXi 6.x host to a new Cluster, which vSphere object owns the CPU and
Memory resources of the hosts?

A. vCenter Server
B. Datacenter
C. Cluster
D. Host

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 78

An administrator creates a DRS cluster of eight ESXi 6.x hosts. There are 10 virtual machines
balanced across the hosts. An attempt to place the first host into maintenance mode fails.

What are two reasons that the host failed to enter maintenance mode? (Choose two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 31

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. The DRS cluster Automation Level is set to Partially Automated mode.
B. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a
DRS Host affinity rule Should run on hosts in group.
C. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with a
DRS Host affinity rule Must run on hosts in group.
D. One of the virtual machines on the ESXi Host entering maintenance mode is configured with an
individual Automation Level set to Partially Automated.

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 79

Which two statements are correct when turning off a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS)
Cluster? (Choose two.)

A. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is maintained.

B. The resource pool hierarchy of the DRS cluster is removed.
C. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are removed and not maintained when DRS is re-
enabled.
D. The affinity settings of the DRS cluster are maintained when DRS is re-enabled.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 80

An administrator enables High Availability (HA) on a Virtual SAN cluster.

Which network is used for HA Network Heatbeat configuration?

A. The Management network.

B. The vMotion network.
C. The Virtual SAN network.
D. The Provisioning Traffic network.

Answer: C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 32

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 81

What are three goals of resource management within a cluster? (Choose three.)

A. To prevent virtual machines from monopolizing resources and to guarantee predictable service
rates.
B. To exploit undercommitted resources and overcommit with graceful degradation.
C. To provide solutions to potential problems that you might encounter when using vCenter
Server.
D. To control the relative importance of virtual machines and provide flexible dynamic partitioning.
E. To provide additional network administration capabilities.

Answer: A,B,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 82

Which three features can be enabled for a new host cluster? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Distributed Resource Scheduling

B. High Availability
C. Fault Tolerance
D. Distributed Resource Scheduling
E. Virtual SAN

Answer: B,D,E
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 83

An organization has an ESXi 6.x host that contains two resource pools. The host is being
relocated to a DRS cluster.

What two actions can be taken to integrate the host into the cluster, and what would happen to the
existing ESXi resource pool hierarchy as a result? (Choose two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 33

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource
pools present on the host will be deleted.
B. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource
pools present on the host will be deleted.
C. Place all of the host's virtual machines into the DRS cluster root resource pool. The resource
pools present on the host will be preserved.
D. Create a resource pool for the ESXi host's virtual machines and resource pools. The resource
pools present on the host will be preserved.

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 84

Which two events happen when Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) is disabled? (Choose
two.)

A. The cluster's resource pool heirarchy and affinity rules are re-established when DRS is turned
back on.
B. The cluster's resource pool hierarchy and affinity rules are not re-established when DRS is
turned back on.
C. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster.
D. The cluster's resource pools are removed from the cluster and assigned to the hosts.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 85

A High Availability (HA) cluster is configured to respond to a given number of host failures. The
cluster contains virtual machines configured with these settings:

- VM1 has a 1GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

- VM2 has a 2GHz CPU reservation and no Memory reservation
- VM3 has no CPU reservation and no Memory reservation

Given this information, what is the correct slot size for the cluster?

A. The CPU Reservation should be set to 32MHz and the memory reservation should be set to
32MB plus memory overhead.
B. The CPU reservation should be set to 1 GHz and the memory reservation should be set to 0MB

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 34

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
plus memory overhead.
C. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to
0MB plus the virtual machine memory overhead.
D. The CPU reservation should be set to 2 GHz, and the memory reservation should be set to
32MB, plus the virtual machine memory overhead.

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 86

Which two High Availability (HA) Cluster admission control policies can help avoid resource
fragmentation? (Choose two.)

A. Define failover capacity by static number of hosts

B. Define failover capacity by reserving a percentage of the cluster resources
C. Use dedicated failover hosts
D. Use Virtual Machine Monitoring

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 87

What is a requirement when enabling a Virtual SAN cluster in an existing High Availability (HA)
and Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster?

A. Disable DRS and HA before enabling Virtual SAN

B. Enable DRS before enabling Virtual SAN
C. Disable HA before enabling Virtual SAN
D. Enable Storage DRS before enabling Virtual SAN

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 88

What must be enabled to ensure that VM Component Protection (VMCP) works in a High
Availability cluster?

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 35

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. VMware Tools Virtual Machine Communication Interface (VMCI)
B. Fault Tolerance
C. Atomic Test and Set (ATS)
D. All Paths Down (APD) Timeout

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 89

An organization has a number of virtual machines that would benefit from Fault Tolerance. These
include:

- A single vCPU Apache Server

- A dual vCPU vCenter Server
- A quad vCPU SQL Server
- An eight vCPU Hadoop Server

Which two virtual machines can be configured to use VMware Fault Tolerance? (Choose two.)

A. Apache Server
B. vCenter Server
C. SQL Server
D. Hadoop Server

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 90

Which three statements are true regarding Fault Tolerance? (Choose three.)

A. Applications need to be continuously available to users.

B. Applications without native clustering capabilities can be protected.
C. Custom clustering solutions are complicated to configure and maintain.
D. Applications that have 16 vCPUs are supported.
E. Prevents application crashes by analyzing the workload and correcting problems.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 36

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 91

Which three features are not supported when using Fault Tolerance in vSphere 6.x? (Choose
three.)

A. Virtual Volumes (VVOLS)

B. Storage vMotion
C. Virtual Machine Component Protection
D. vMotion
E. vSphere Distributed Switches

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 92

What is true about resource pools created on a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) cluster?

A. A root resource pool is created with the specified values.

B. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of the ESXi host
resources in the cluster.
C. A root resource pool is automatically created using the aggregate total of all resources in the
datacenter.
D. A root resource pool is not needed when creating resource pools on a DRS cluster.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 93

Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 37

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

-- Exhibit --

An administrator has created the resource pool configuration shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which virtual machine(s) can be successfully powered on?

A. VM-M1 only
B. VM-K1 only
C. VM-K1 and VM-K2 only
D. VM-K1, VM-K2, and VM-M1

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 94

An administrator is moving a virtual machine into a resource pool. The VM and resource pool are
configured as shown:

VM configuration:

- 2GHz CPU reservation

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 38

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
- 1GB Memory limit

Resource Pool configuration:

- 6GHz CPU reservation

- 1GB Memory reservation
- No limit to memory

What happens to the virtual machine's resource settings when it is moved into the pool?

A. The VM inherits the resource settings of the resource pool if expandable reservations is
enabled.
B. The VM's reservations and limits are ignored and removed.
C. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation but receives the 1GB memory reservation.
D. The VM keeps the 2GHz CPU reservation and the 1GB Memory limit.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 95

Which two statements are true regarding VMware vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC)? (Choose
two.)

A. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of a cache block size.
B. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the
underlying storage.
C. vFRC caches data from both read and write I/Os, but write I/Os are always serviced by the
underlying cache data.
D. Cache fills and cache evictions happen in the granularity of the disk block size.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 96

An administrator is tasked with performing a vMotion migration of a virtual machine. The virtual
machine is configured as follows:

- vSphere Flash Read Cache (vFRC) enabled

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 39

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
- Is part of a Distributed Resource Cluster (DRS) Cluster

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports multiple virtual flash resources.
B. Each ESXi host in the cluster supports one virtual flash resource.
C. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a preferred affinity
to their current host and moves them only for mandatory reasons.
D. DRS treats powered-on virtual machines with Flash Read Cache as having a required affinity to
their current host and does not move them.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 97

Which two actions are required when enabling vFlash Read Cache for a virtual machine's virtual
disk? (Choose two.)

A. A value in the Virtual Flash Read Cache text box must be entered.
B. A Flash Resource Pool for Cache size reservation must be entered.
C. The Device backing and the block size must be configured.
D. The Enable virtual flash host swap cache check box must be selected.

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 98

vMotion can be performed between which three physical boundaries? (Choose three.)

A. Between two vCenter Server Systems

B. Between two vSphere Distributed Virtual Switches
C. Between two vCenter Server Datacenter objects
D. Between two VMware NSX Layer 4 segments
E. Between two NFS datastores

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 40

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 99

Which three operations occur during a cold migration of a virtual machine? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine disks are moved if the datastore is being changed.
B. The virtual machine is registered with the destination server.
C. The source virtual machine is removed from the old hosts.
D. The virtual machine hardware is upgraded.
E. The virtual machine files are quiesced prior to the migration.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 100

An administrator needs to verify that vMotion operations can be performed in a vSphere data
center.

What round trip time (RTT) latency is the maximum value that will allow vMotion operations to
succeed?

A. 50ms RTT
B. 100ms RTT
C. 150ms RTT
D. 200ms RTT

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 101

Which three are requirements when using vMotion to move a virtual machine across vCenter
Server systems? (Choose three.)

A. Both vCenter Servers must be using Enhanced Linked Mode.

B. Both vCenter Servers must be in the same Single Sign-On Domain.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 41

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
C. Time must be synchronized.
D. Duplicate VM MAC addresses must be configured.
E. Both vCenter Servers must have High Availability enabled on source and destination clusters.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 102

An administrator is migrating a virtual machine from a Test cluster to a Production cluster. The two
environments do not have any shared storage.

What is the easiest way to accomplish this task?

A. Perform a Storage vMotion.

B. Perform a regular vMotion.
C. Perform a Virtual to Virtual migration.
D. Perform a backup and restore using VMware Data Protection.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 103

What is a benefit of using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility for an environment?

A. EVC masks CPU features to allow compatibility between hosts that are dissimilar.
B. EVC allows for cross platform vMotion to occur.
C. EVC enables Long Distance vMotion.
D. EVC enables Storage vMotion functionality.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 104

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 42

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

-- Exhibit --

An administrator attempts to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) on a cluster. The

operation results in a compatibility error, as shown in the exhibit.

What is the likely cause of this error?

A. The CPUs in the ESXi host are not AMD CPUs.

B. The CPUs in the ESXi host do not support hardware virtualization capabilities.
C. The XD/NX CPU features have not been enabled in the BIOS of the server.
D. There is no shared storage between the hosts in the cluster.

Answer: A
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 43

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 105

An administrator is attempting to migrate a large Hadoop virtual machine using vMotion. The
administrator notices a delay when the machine is quiesced. The Hadoop virtual machine is
processing many transactions a second to an in-memory database.

Which two actions would help reduce the amount of time needed to perform a vMotion on this
virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. Use multiple NICs for the vMotion vmkernel port.

B. Use a 10Gbps Network card for the vMotion vmkernel port.
C. Add an additional management network to help transmit the data quicker.
D. Disable Fault Tolerance before performing the vMotion.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 106

An administrator attempts to migrate a suspended virtual machine to a newly deployed vSphere

6.x cluster. The compatibility check fails.

What condition could cause this behavior?

A. The new vSphere 6.x cluster is running Intel CPUs instead of AMD CPUs.
B. A suspended virtual machine cannot be migrated.
C. The hardware virtualization feature of the CPU is not enabled on the new hosts.
D. A vSphere Distributed Switch is required to migrate a suspended virtual machine.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 107

An administrator must determine an appropriate backup solution, given these conditions:

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named Finance.

- 50 of the virtual machines are in a resource pool named QA.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 44

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

Which solution allows an administrator the ability to backup 100 virtual machines?

A. Use Snapshot Manager on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual machines.
B. Use the VMware Consolidated Backup (vcb) tool on the ESXi Host to backup the virtual
machines.
C. Use the VMware Data Recovery (VDR) Appliance on the vCenter Server to backup the virtual
machines.
D. Use the VMware Data Protection (VDP) Appliance on one of the ESXi Hosts to backup the
virtual machines.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 108

A vSphere administrator needs to backup a virtual machine that has a Microsoft SQL Server
Database installed.

Which solution allows for an application quiesce to occur during backup?

A. VMware vCenter Converter

B. VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager
C. VMware vSphere Replication
D. VMware vSphere Data Protection Advanced

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 109

Which two statements are true about deploying and using vSphere Replication? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a connection between the two
vSphere Replication appliances.
B. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require a connection between the
two vSphere Replication appliances.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 45

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
C. Sites managed by different vCenter Server instances require the use of Site Recovery Manager
and a connection between the two vSphere Replication appliances.
D. ESXi hosts managed by a single vCenter Server instance require a single vSphere Replication
appliance.

Answer: B,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 110

An administrator is attempting to restore a number of files in a directory within the Operating

System of a virtual machine.

How can the administrator restore the files from a previous backup?

A. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the
vSphere Web Client.
B. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from a web browser in the virtual machine.
C. Connect to the File Level Restore tool from the VMware Data Protection appliance.
D. Use the File Level Restore option from the selected backup of the virtual machine in the
vSphere Client.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 111

What are three valid disk configurations for the vSphere Data Protection 6.x Appliance? (Choose
three.)

A. 500GB
B. 1TB
C. 1.5TB
D. 2TB
E. 4TB

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 46

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 112

What is a benefit of using VMware Data Protection (VDP)?

A. Provides support for guest-level backups and restores of Microsoft SQL Servers, Exchange
Servers, and Share Point Servers.
B. Provides support for advanced storage services including replication, encryption, deduplication,
and compression.
C. Provides direct access to VDP configuration integrated into the vSphere Client.
D. Reduces disk space consumed by virtual machine data using deduplication.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 113

When configuring vSphere Replication for a virtual machine, what is the lowest Recovery Point
Objective (RPO) that can be selected?

A. 1 min
B. 5 min
C. 10 min
D. 15min

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 114

An administrator configures vSphere Replication for a virtual machine and enables multiple point
in time (PIT) instances under the recovery settings in the Configure Replication wizard.

Which two statements are correct for vSphere Replication with multiple point in time instances
enabled? (Choose two.)

A. vSphere Replication retains a number of snapshot instances of the virtual machine on the
target site based on the retention policy that you specify.
B. vSphere Replication uses the virtual machine's snapshot instances to define the target site

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 47

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Point in Time instance based on the retention policy that you specify.
C. vSphere Replication does not support virtual machines with snapshots.
D. vSphere Replication supports virtual machines with snapshots.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 115

Which three actions can be taken as a result of executing the vSphere Update Manager 6.x scan
and remediation wizards? (Choose three.)

A. Install and upgrade software in virtual machines.

B. Upgrade the firmware on ESXi host devices.
C. Upgrade and Patch ESXi hosts.
D. Install and update third-party software on hosts.
E. Upgrade virtual machine hardware.

Answer: C,D,E
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 116

Which three steps must be taken to use vSphere Update Manager 6.x to upgrade an ESXi 5.5
host to vSphere 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. Download an ESXi Image.

B. Configure the vSphere Update Manager Download Service.
C. Create a baseline and attach it to the ESXi Host.
D. Scan the vCenter Content Library for the ESXi Image.
E. Remediate the ESXi Host.

Answer: A,C,E
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 117

vSphere Update Manager allows which two virtual machine attributes to be upgraded? (Choose
two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 48

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Virtual machine firewall policies for NSX.
B. Software Packages in the virtual machine.
C. Virtual machine Hardware Version.
D. VMware Tools Upgrade.

Answer: C,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 118

An administrator enables vSphere High Availability (HA) on an existing cluster with a large number
of hosts and virtual machines. The administrator notices that the setup of vSphere HA on some of
the hosts is failing.

What step, if taken, might resolve this issue?

A. Increase the value of the config.vpxd.das.electionWaitTimeSec setting.

B. Set the value of vpxd.das.aamMemoryLimit to 256.
C. Set the value of the das.useDefaultIsolationAddress setting to False.
D. Increase the value of the das.iostatsinterval setting.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 119

An attempt to enable vSphere Fault Tolerance for a powered-on virtual machine fails.

Which two scenarios would result in this failure? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has three vCPUs configured.

B. The host on which the virtual machine is running has insufficient memory resources.
C. The virtual machine has insufficient resources to accommodate full reservation plus the
overhead memory.
D. VMware High Availability is enabled on the cluster of which this host is a member.

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 49

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 120

An administrator is unable to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch.

What are two likely reasons for this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Vmkernel interfaces on the switch are still in use.

B. VM Network port group adapters are connected to different switch.
C. Physical NICs are migrated to different switch.
D. VM Network adapters are connected to this switch.

Answer: A,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 121

An administrator is attempting to enable Storage I/O Control on a datastore, but it is failing.

What is the likely reason for this failure?

A. The host is connected to a datastore is running on ESX 4.0.

B. The host is connected to a Fibre Channel storage array.
C. The datastore has multiple extents.
D. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 122

Which scenario shows a reason for VMware Tools failing to install?

A. Virtual machine has a CD-ROM configured.

B. Guest OS Antivirus is blocking the VMware Tools installation.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 50

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
C. Guest OS has 64-bit ldd (list dynamic dependencies) utility installed.
D. Virtual machine is powered on.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 123

What are two possible causes of Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) being disabled
on one or more virtual machine disks in a datastore cluster? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance disabled.

B. The virtual machine is a template.
C. The virtual machine swap file is on a shared datastore.
D. The disk is a CD-ROM/ISO file.

Answer: B,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 124

What may be a cause for failure to unmount an NFS datastore?

A. It has active snapshot files.

B. It is being used for High Availability (HA) heartbeat.
C. It is part of a Cluster.
D. It is managed by Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS).

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 125

An administrator is troubleshooting basic network connectivity issues.

Which two scenarios are potential issues that this administrator might face? (Choose two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 51

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. The vSwitch is not attached to the correct physical network.
B. The portgroup is not configured to use correct VLAN.
C. Traffic shaping is configured incorrectly.
D. Jumbo frames is configured incorrectly.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 126

Why are some virtual machines orphaned after rebooting a High Availability (HA) enabled host?

A. The Orphaned virtual machines have HA restart disabled.

B. The Orphaned virtual machines moved recently and the change did not persist.
C. The host is attached to failed storage.
D. The host just came out of maintenance mode.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 127

An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but is unable to do so.

Which two reasons are probable causes of the failure? (Choose two.)

A. Storage access to the virtual machine swap file has been lost.
B. One of the virtual machine VMDK files is locked.
C. Virtual machine is running CentOS 7.0 64-bit.
D. Virtual machine has Hyper-Threading enabled.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 128

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 52

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

-- Exhibit --

A 4 GB Memory virtual machine is experiencing extended memory issues, as shown in

the Exhibit.

What potential issues could be attributed to this memory pressure?

A. A limit is imposed on the virtual memory of this virtual machine.

B. The Balloon driver has been uninstalled.
C. A limit has been imposed on the Virtual CPU of the virtual machine.
D. Storage IO control has been enabled for the virtual machine causing the swapped memory.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 129

An administrator has unsuccessfully attempted several times to install an Operating System inside
a virtual machine. The administrator finds that the installation fails at random intervals.

Which two actions can be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Verify the md5sum and if invalid, download the installation files again.
B. Attempt the installation an additional time.
C. Attempt to use a different installation media or installation method.
D. Create a new virtual machine and attempt the installation with the existing media.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 53

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

QUESTION NO: 130

A Fault Tolerance (FT) virtual machine with four vCPUs is experiencing high latency when
performing ICMP and Application tests.

What are three potential causes that may be attributing to this latency? (Choose three.)

A. The FT network has insufficient bandwidth and is running on a 1GB Link.

B. The FT network is on a particularly high latency link.
C. The FT network has been configured with Network I/O Control.
D. The FT virtual machine is running an e1000 network adapter.
E. The FT virtual machine is running on poor performing network-based storage.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 131

VMware tools is failing to install on a Microsoft Windows virtual machine.

What are two possible situations that would prevent the installation? (Choose two.)

A. The VMware tools installation media is corrupt.

B. The incorrect Operating System was selected in the virtual machine options.
C. The software prerequisites have not been installed.
D. The prerequisite services have not been started.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 132

An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine, but the task is hanging at 95%.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 54

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
What three scenarios best explain why this problem is happening? (Choose three.)

A. A virtual machine question is currently being posed to the administrator.

B. Another task for the virtual machine or other component is already in progress.
C. The VMware High Availability cluster has insufficient resources to guarantee failover.
D. The host has lost access to the storage device containing the virtual machine files.
E. The host is under resource contention and unable to power on the virtual machine.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 133

An application running in a virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. When utilizing

performance monitoring utilities, it is noted that the CPU Utilization of the application is at 100%.

Which two scenarios are probable causes of the CPU contention for the application? (Choose
two.)

A. There is a network I/O constraint.

B. There is a storage I/O constraint.
C. There is insufficient disk space assigned to the virtual machine.
D. The application is not virtualization aware.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 134

A user is trying to retrieve objects from a SharePoint server and finds the request is taking an
excessive amount of time. An administrator tries to isolate the issue and notes the following:

- Application performance is poor when compared to virtual machines on other hosts.

- Performance improves when the virtual machine is moved to another host.
- The virtual machine encounters higher than expected CPU %Ready times.

What conclusion can be reached regarding the performance issues for this virtual machine?

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 55

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. Host Power Management is directly impacting virtual machine performance.
B. The virtual machine has a large number of snapshots.
C. The Path Selection Policy for the storage device is set differently on the affected host.
D. Network I/O control is configured for the portgroup.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 135

When attempting to access a virtual machine, an administrator is unable to login using the
vSphere credentials.

What two options are probable causes of the authentication failure? (Choose two.)

A. The vSphere credentials have not been granted permissions.

B. The vSphere credentials are granted read-only permissions.
C. The vSphere credentials are granted no-access permissions.
D. The vSphere credentials are not a member of the local administrator group.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 136

A physical Windows 2008 R2 Server is converted to a virtual machine using VMware vCenter
Converter. Upon completion of the conversion and subsequent power on operation, the virtual
machine fails to boot and the message below is observed in the Console of the virtual machine:

STOP 0x0000007B INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE

Which two potential issues may be causing this boot failure? (Choose two.)

A. An incorrect SCSI controller was selected during conversion.

B. Incompatible software drivers were migrated into the virtual machine from the source machine.
C. The vmdk file backing the virtual machine was thick provisioned.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 56

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. A snapshot was taken immediately after the conversion completed.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 137

When attempting to power on a Virtual Machine you observe the following error:

Cannot open the disk '/vmfs/volumes/volume/vm/vm-000002.vmdk' or one of the snapshot disks it

depends on.

Which three actions will be the best solutions to address this problem? (Choose three.)

A. Verify that the virtual machine's disk files are present.

B. Investigate the host and virtual machine log files.
C. Verify the vmdk descriptor files and if required, recreate them.
D. Delete the disk file preventing the power on operation.
E. Migrate or register the virtual machine to a different host.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 138

Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 57

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator has been given requirements to configure vMotion for a new virtual machine. The
configuration should:

- Provide Network Redundancy

- Use VLAN 550
- Be secured against anyone trying to spoof communication

The vSwitch1 configuration is shown in the Exhibit.

Which three changes should be made to meet the stated requirements? (Choose three.)

A. The VLAN ID must be set appropriately.

B. The default values for MAC Address Changes and Forged Transmits must be altered.
C. The teaming and failover adapters must be set appropriately.
D. The Traffic Shaping configuration must be altered.
E. The Load Balancing Policy must be set appropriately.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 58

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 139

Refer to the Exhibit.

A storage administrator is not seeing full utilization of all bandwidth from an ESXi host. The
vSphere administrator observes the adapter details, as shown in the Exhibit.

What is the probable cause of this issue?

A. Another path needs to be used to allow full utilization of the bandwidth.

B. The array is not setup to use the correct multipathing policy.
C. There are no virtual machines on the host.
D. No traffic is being sent across it because a path failed.

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 140

An administrator is monitoring a High Availability (HA) and Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS)
enabled cluster and has noticed that virtual machines in the cluster are being migrated without
user intervention.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 59

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Why is this happening?

A. The DRS Automation level is set to Fully Automated.

B. The Automation level is set to Automatic.
C. The DPM Threshold is set to Aggressive.
D. The Power Management feature is configured.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 141

An administrator is installing a new network card in an ESXi 6.x host that is part of a vSphere
cluster. When the host is placed into maintenance mode, the vSphere Web Client
displays the progress bar at 2% for over 30 minutes.

Which two are likely reasons for this occurrence? (Choose two.)

A. Maintenance mode is unable to migrate all virtual machines from the host.
B. There is a large number of virtual machines that must be migrated from the host.
C. VMware High Availability is in the process of reconfiguring the cluster.
D. Each virtual machine on the ESXi host must be reconfigured to recognize the new adapter.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 142

An administrator is using the Host Failures to Tolerate Admission Control Policy for a vSphere
High Availability (HA) cluster. When configuring this setting on the cluster, the administrator
sees this error message:

Insufficient resources to satisfy HA failover level on cluster

What are two likely causes for the error? (Choose two.)

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 60

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
A. The hosts in the cluster are disconnected.
B. A host in the cluster is displaying an HA error.
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler has not been configured on the cluster.
D. Virtual Machine Component Protection has not been turned on.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 143

An administrator has been tasked with enabling High Availability (HA) on a cluster in a vSphere
6.x environment with default settings. The cluster configures properly and there are no errors. The
next day when powering on a virtual machine, an error is presented:

Not Enough Failover Resources

Which three scenarios are likely causes of this error message? (Choose three.)

A. The default VM Monitoring Sensitivity is set too high.

B. There are not enough datastore heartbeat datastores configured by default.
C. The default slot size in the cluster is set too high.
D. There are virtual machines with large CPU reservations.
E. A host is in maintenance mode for a replacement of a failed Hard Drive.

Answer: C,D,E
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 144

An administrator is attempting to remove an ESXi 6.x host from a vSphere Distributed Switch
(vDS). When the administrator attempts to remove the host, the following error is observed:

The resource '16' is still in use.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 61

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
What three steps are needed to successfully remove the host from the switch? (Choose three.)

A. Select Manage Ports on the vDS for the host.

B. Locate all ports currently in use on the vDS for the host.
C. Migrate or delete any vmkernel or virtual machine adapters associated with the switch.
D. Remove all network cards from the switch before trying to remove the host.
E. Create a standard switch for everything to be automatically be migrated to.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 145

An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client, but is unable to see any hosts and clusters.

Which two options could fix the problem? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that the client web browser and vCenter Server are in the same broadcast domain.
B. Verify that the vCenter Server system is registered with the same Platform Services Controller
as the vSphere Web Client.
C. Log in to the vCenter Server as a user within the Active Directory domain.
D. Log in to the vSphere Web Client as a user with permissions on the vCenter Server system.

Answer: B,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 146

Users of an application are reporting performance issues. The following performance values are
observed in the vSphere Web Client:

- Host CPU utilization is 90%

- Virtual Machine memory utilization is consistently greater than 90%
- CPU Ready values are higher than 20%

What could be the cause of the application performance issue?

A. The host is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 62

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
B. The host is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.
C. The virtual machine is lacking the CPU resources required to meet the demand.
D. The virtual machine is lacking the memory resources required to meet the demand.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 147

An administrator reports that the System Event log data is only available for 24 hours
when reviewing the Hardware Status tab.

Which condition could be responsible for the loss of data?

A. A Reset event log was executed.

B. The statistical collection level was set to a value of 1.
C. The boot disk of the host is corrupt.
D. Syslog has been configured at the vCenter Server level.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 148

An administrator receives a report that no real time statistics are available for a virtual machine in
the vCenter Server inventory.

Which two statements indicate likely causes of the problem? (Choose two.)

A. The virtual machine is powered off.

B. The host containing the virtual machine is disconnected from vCenter Server.
C. There is insufficient real time data to display the information.
D. The vCenter Server service is not running.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 63

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
QUESTION NO: 149

A virtual machine is experiencing performance issues. The following performance metrics are
observed:

- CPU usage value for the virtual machine is above 90%

- CPU ready value for the virtual machine is above 20%

Which two activities will likely resolve the performance issues? (Choose two.)

A. Set a CPU reservation for the virtual machine.

B. Increase the CPU limit on the virtual machine.
C. Decrease CPU shares equally for all virtual machines on the host.
D. Increase CPU shares equally for all virtual machines on the host.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 150

- An administrator wants to add a web server to an existing multi-tier application consisting of

three virtual machines:
- A web server
- A database server
- An application server

The web server should be added to the application when the primary web server reaches:

- 70% vCPU utilization

- 55% active memory

Which option will achieve this result?

A. Create a virtual machine alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of the
web server.
B. Create a host cpu and memory alarm with an action to run a script that starts a new instance of
the webserver.
C. Configure HA application monitoring for the web server and set it to trigger deployment of a
new instance of the web server.
D. Configure Fault Tolerance on the virtual machine and leave the secondary machine disabled
until needed.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 64

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 151

An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual

machine meets two conditions:

- high virtual CPU

- high active memory consumption

The alarm is malfunctioning and triggering when either condition is met instead of both.

What can be done to correct the issue?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 152

An administrator has configured an alarm to be notified when a virtual machine meets either of
these conditions:

- High virtual CPU

- High active memory consumption.

The alarm is only triggering when both of the conditions are met.

What can be done to correct the alarm behavior?

A. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ANY of the following conditions are satisfied.
B. Edit the alarm and select Trigger if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 65

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
C. Create two separate alarms, one for CPU and one for memory and link them together with
ESXCLI.
D. Delete the existing alarm and create a new event based alarm.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 153

An organization has configured Distributed Power Management (DPM) on a vSphere 6 cluster.

The organization wants to be alerted when an ESXi host has been powered down by DPM.

Which two options represent the type and name of the alarm that would accomplish this? (Choose
two.)

A. DrsEnteringStandbyModeEvent
B. DrsEnteredStandbyModeEvent
C. Event-based
D. Condition-based

Answer: B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 154

Which three actions can be executed when an alarm is triggered? (Choose three.)

A. Send an email.
B. Send an SNMP trap.
C. Run a script or command.
D. Run an Orchestrator workflow.
E. Send a trigger to syslog.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 155

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 66

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Which two SMTP Notification Event Details are specific to alarms triggered by events? (Choose
two.)

A. User Name
B. Summary
C. Old Status
D. Target

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 156

An administrator deploys vRealize Operations into a vSphere 6.x environment. After the
deployment, the administrator notices that badges are not appearing.

What is a likely cause of this behavior?

A. Badges do not appear until you register vRealize Operations with vCenter Server.
B. Badges do not appear until you register a vCenter Server in vRealize Operations.
C. The vRealize Operations appliance needs to be redeployed.
D. The vCenter Server appliance needs to be redeployed.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 157

An administrator is unable to create the first group in a new vRealize Operations environment.

What is the likely cause of the problem?

A. There are no group types defined.

B. The group is not defined in SSO.
C. There are more than 32 group types defined.
D. The description for the group is not provided.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 67

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 158

An administrator is only able to see the Health Badge when using the vRealize Operations user
interface.

What is the likely cause of this behavior?

A. The vRealize Operations Foundation License is in use.

B. The vmware-sps service failed to start.
C. The vRealize Operations Standard License is in use.
D. The vmware-rbd-watchdog service failed to start.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 159

Which two are true about the Risk badge in vRealize Operations? (Choose two.)

A. The Risk badge indicates potential future problems that may degrade the performance of the
system.
B. Risks may require attention in the near future.
C. The Risk badge indicates problems that are degrading performance of the system.
D. Risks require attention now to correct system performance problems.

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 160

Which three are architecture components of vRealize Operations? (Choose three.)

A. Identity Server
B. Administrative Server
C. Analytics Server

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 68

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
D. Database Server
E. Connection Broker

Answer: B,C,D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 161

A vCenter Operations Manager 5.7 environment is upgraded to vRealize Operations. After the
upgrade, the analytics services fail to start.

Which three steps must be taken to resolve the problem? (Choose three.)

A. Take the vRealize Operations cluster offline.

B. Delete the activity persistence files.
C. Bring the cluster back online.
D. Remove any unresponsive nodes.
E. Stop the CaSA service.

Answer: A,B,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 162

Which two badges are major badges in vRealize Operations? (Choose two.)

A. Risk
B. Efficency
C. Workload
D. Faults

Answer: A,B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 163

A user wants to monitor a business-critical virtual machine to ensure that it doesn't run out of

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 69

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
resources.

What metric could be monitored in vRealize Operations to address this concern?

A. Time Remaining badge

B. Compliance badge
C. Reclaimable Waste badge
D. Density badge

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 164

After selecting an object in vRealize Operations, how can a user compare the badge values
of related child objects?

A. Use the Scoreboard tab

B. Use the Relationship tab
C. Use the Members tab
D. Use the Overview tab

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 165

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 70

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator logs into the vSphere Web Client and sees the warning shown in the Exhibit.

During a change control window, the warning was addressed.

What should be done to verify that the host is no longer showing the warning?

A. Run a Remediate host operation.

B. Recheck the compliance of the host.
C. Restart the host to get rid of the warning.
D. Install VMware tools to clear the warning.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 166

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 71

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

A storage administrator has reported that full utilization of all bandwidth from an ESXi 6.x host is
not being seen. In troubleshooting the issue, the Adapter details are shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, what is cause of the issue?

A. The array is not setup to use the correct multipathing policy.

B. There are no virtual machines on the ESXi host.
C. Not all links are used because a path is disabled.
D. Another path needs to be configured.

Answer: C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 167

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 72

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator is configuring an ESXi 6.x host to use multiple NICs to resolve a management
network redundancy error. After configuring a second NIC, the server is not able to communicate
when the primary connection is taken down. The administrator analyzes the Exhibit shown here.

Based on the exhibit, what is the likely cause of the issue?

A. vmnic4 is not attached to a vSwitch.

B. vmnic2 is not connected to a physical switch.
C. E1000 is the incorrect NIC Driver for this card.
D. There is a MAC address conflict on the network.

Answer: B
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 168

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 73

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator has configured a host profile so that ESXi 6.x hosts will point to the corporate
NTP server for time synchronization. The NTP server is located at 10.0.30.213, but time has not
been synchronized properly across the ESXi hosts.

The administrator reviews Host Profile settings as shown in the Exhibit.

Which two steps are required to resolve the issue? (Choose two.)

A. Correct the NTP server IP address.

B. Check the host for host profile compliance.
C. Remediate the host based on the updated host profile.
D. Change the NTP server to the FQDN as IP Addresses are not supported.

Answer: A,C
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 169

Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 74

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

-- Exhibit --

An administrator has configured network connectivity for a new virtual machine, as shown in
the Exhibit.

What will occur with the network traffic of this virtual machine when communicating externally from
vSwitch1?

A. The virtual machine will communicate on both uplinks

B. The virtual machine will only communicate on vmnic1
C. The virtual machine will only communicate on vmnic2
D. The virtual machine will fail to communicate externally

Answer: D
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 170

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 75

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator is migrating a powered-on virtual machine, as shown in the exhibit.

Which option should be selected to perform a Storage vMotion of the VM?

A. Change storage only

B. Change VM compute resource only
C. Change both compute resource and storage, changing the compute resource first.
D. Change both compute resource and storage, changing the storage resource first.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 171

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 76

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator is installing Windows into a virtual machine. The DVD has been mounted on the
Host and configured for the virtual machine as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, when the virtual machine is booted, why would it attempt to search for a PXE
server?

A. The CD/DVD device is not connected.

B. The ISO is in the incorrect storage location.
C. The OS minimum requirements have not been met.
D. The CD/DVD device is not set to Client Device.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 172

Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 77

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam

An administrator is analyzing a virtual machine as shown in the Exhibit.

What is the current long term risk for this virtual machine?

A. The virtual machine may run out of memory before April 27.
B. The virtual machine may continue to function after April 27.
C. The virtual machine has adequate memory configured for operation for the next 120 days.
D. The virtual machine has adequate memory reservation configured for operation for the next 120
days.

Answer: A
Explanation:

QUESTION NO: 173

Refer to the Exhibit.

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 78

 VMware 2V0-620 Exam
An administrator is adding an NFS datastore as shown in the Exhibit.

What is the purpose of the Servers to be added list?

A. It contains the IP addresses of the NFS Storage Server to provide multipathing capability.
B. It contains the IP addresses of the ESXi hosts that mount the datastore.
C. It contains the IP addresses used for Dynamic Discovery of targets.
D. It contains the IP addresses used for Static Discovery of targets.

Answer: A

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 79

 2V0-621.examcollection.premium.exam.218q

Number: 2V0-621
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 4.0

2V0-621

VMware Certified Professional 6 Data Center Virtualization Beta

Version 4.0
Exam A

QUESTION 1
An administrator wants to provide users restricted access. The users should only be able to perform the
following tasks:
Create and consolidate virtual machine snapshots
Add/Remove virtual disks
Snapshot Management

Which default role in vCenter Server would meet the administrator's requirements for the users?

A. Virtual machine user

B. Virtual machine power user
C. Virtual Datacenter administrator
D. VMware Consolidated Backup user

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which two roles can be modified? (Choose two.)

A. Administrator
B. Network Administrator
C. Datastore Consumer
D. Read-Only

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
An administrator with global administrator privileges creates a custom role but fails to assign any privileges to it.

Which two privileges would the custom role have? (Choose two.)

A. System.View
B. System.Anonymous
C. System.User
D. System.ReadOnly

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
An administrator wishes to give a user the ability to manage snapshots for virtual machines.

Which privilege does the administrator need to assign to the user?

A. Datastore.Allocate Space
B. Virtual machine.Configuration.create snapshot
C. Virtual machine.Configuration.manage snapshot
D. Datastore.Browse Datastore

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
An object has inherited permissions from two parent objects.

What is true about the permissions on the object?

A. The common permissions between the two are applied and the rest are discarded.
B. The permissions are combined from both parent objects.
C. No permissions are applied from the parent objects.
D. The permission is randomly selected from either of the two parent objects.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
What is the highest object level from which a virtual machine can inherit privileges?

A. Host Folder
B. Data Center
C. Data Center Folder
D. VM Folder

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Which three Authorization types are valid in vSphere? (Choose three.)

A. Group Membership in vsphere.local

B. Global
C. Forest
D. vCenter Server
E. Group Membership in system-domain

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Which three components should an administrator select when configuring vSphere permissions? (Choose
three.)

A. Inventory Object
B. Role
C. User/Group
D. Privilege
E. Password

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
In which two vsphere.local groups should an administrator avoid adding members? (Choose two.)

A. SolutionUsers
B. Administrators
C. DCAdmins
D. ExternalPDUsers

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
An administrator has configured three vCenter Servers and vRealize Orchestrator within a Platform Services
Controller domain, and needs to grant a user privileges that span all environments.

Which statement best describes how the administrator would accomplish this?

A. Assign a Global Permission to the user.

B. Assign a vCenter Permission to the user.
C. Assign vsphere.local membership to the user.
D. Assign an ESXi Permission to the user.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Which two methods are recommended for managing the VMware Directory Service? (Choose two.)

A. Utilize the vmdir command.

B. Manage through the vSphere Web Client.
C. Manage using the VMware Directory Service.
D. Utilize the dc rep command.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
What are two sample roles that are provided with vCenter Server by default? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine User

B. Network Administrator
C. Content Library Administrator
D. Storage Administrator

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which three services can be enabled/disabled in the Security Profile for an ESXi host? (Choose three.)

A. CIM Server
B. Single Sign-On
C. Direct Console UI
D. Syslog Server
E. vSphere Web Access

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
An administrator would like to use the VMware Certificate Authority (VMCA) as an Intermediate Certificate
Authority (CA). The first two steps performed are:
Replace the Root Certificate
Replace Machine Certificates (Intermediate CA)
Which two steps would need to be performed next? (Choose two.)

A. Replace Solution User Certificates (Intermediate CA)

B. Replace the VMware Directory Service Certificate (Intermediate CA)
C. Replace the VMware Directory Service Certificate
D. Replace Solution User Certificates

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
Which three options are available for ESXi Certificate Replacement? (Choose three.)

A. VMware Certificate Authority mode

B. Custom Certificate Authority mode
C. Thumbprint mode
D. Hybrid Deployment
E. VMware Certificate Endpoint Authority Mode

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Lockdown Mode has been enabled on an ESXi 6.x host and users are restricted from logging into the Direct
Console User Interface (DCUI).

Which two statements are true given this configuration? (Choose two.)

A. A user granted administrative privileges in the Exception User list can login.
B. A user defined in the DCUI.Access without administrative privileges can login.
C. A user defined in the ESXi Admins domain group can login.
D. A user set to the vCenter Administrator role can login.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Strict Lockdown Mode has been enabled on an ESXi host.

Which action should an administrator perform to allow ESXi Shell or SSH access for users with administrator
privileges?

A. Grant the users the administrator role and enable the service.
B. Add the users to Exception Users and enable the service.
C. No action can be taken, Strict Lockdown Mode prevents direct access.
D. Add the users to vsphere.local and enable the service.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
A common root user account has been configured for a group of ESXi 6.x hosts.

Which two steps should be taken to mitigate security risks associated with this configuration? (Choose two.)

A. Remove the root user account from the ESXi host.

B. Set a complex password for the root account and limit its use.
C. Use ESXi Active Directory capabilities to assign users the administrator role.
D. Use Lockdown mode to restrict root account access.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
An administrator wants to configure an ESXi 6.x host to use Active Directory (AD) to manage users and
groups. The AD domain group ESX Admins is planned for administrative access to the host.

Which two conditions should be considered when planning this configuration? (Choose two.)

A. If administrative access for ESX Admins is not required, this setting can be altered.
B. The users in ESX Admins are not restricted by Lockdown Mode.
C. An ESXi host provisioned with Auto Deploy cannot store AD credentials.
D. The users in ESX Admins are granted administrative privileges in vCenter Server.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Which two advanced features should be disabled for virtual machines that are only hosted on a vSphere
system? (Choose two.)

A. isolation.tools.unity.push.update.disable
B. isolation.tools.ghi.launchmenu.change
C. isolation.tools.bbs.disable
D. isolation.tools.hgfsServerSet.enable
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
To reduce the attack vectors for a virtual machine, which two settings should an administrator set to false?
(Choose two.)

A. ideX:Y.present
B. serial.present
C. ideX:Y.enabled
D. serial.enabled

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Which two groups of settings should be reviewed when attempting to increase the security of virtual machines
(VMs)? (Choose two.)

A. Disable hardware devices

B. Disable unexposed features
C. Disable VMtools devices
D. Disable VM Template features

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Which password meets ESXi 6.x host password requirements?

A. 8kMVnn2x!
B. zNgtnJBA2
C. Nvgt34kn44
D. !b74wr

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
An administrator would like to use a passphrase for their ESXi 6.x hosts which has these characteristics:
Minimum of 21 characters
Minimum of 2 words

Which advanced options must be set to allow this passphrase configuration to be used?

A. retry=3 min=disabled, disabled, 7, 21, 7 passphrase=2

B. retry=3 min=disabled, disabled, 21, 7, 7 passphrase=2
C. retry=3 min=disabled, disabled, 2, 21, 7
D. retry=3 min=disabled, disabled, 21, 21, 2

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Which Advanced Setting should be created for the vCenter Server to change the expiration policy of
the vpxuser password?

A. VimPasswordExpirationInDays
B. VimExpirationPasswordDays
C. VimPassExpirationInDays
D. VimPasswordRefreshDays

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
An administrator has been instructed to secure existing virtual machines in vCenter Server.

Which two actions should the administrator take to secure these virtual machines? (Choose two.)

A. Disable native remote management services

B. Restrict Remote Console access
C. Use Independent Non-Persistent virtual disks
D. Prevent use of Independent Non-Persistent virtual disks

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
An administrator has recently audited the environment and found numerous virtual machines with sensitive data
written to the configuration files.

To prevent this in the future, which advanced parameter should be applied to the virtual machines?
A. isolation.tools.setinfo.disable = true
B. isolation.tools.setinfo.enable = true
C. isolation.tools.setinfo.disable = false
D. isolation.tools.setinfo.enable = false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Which two statements are correct regarding vSphere certificates? (Choose two.)

A. ESXi host upgrades do not preserve the SSL certificate and reissue one from the VMware Certificate
Authority (VMCA).
B. ESXi host upgrades preserve the existing SSL certificate.
C. ESXi hosts have assigned SSL certificates from the VMware Certificate Authority (VMCA) during install.
D. ESXi hosts have self-signed SSL certificates by default.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Which three options are available for replacing vCenter Server Security Certificates? (Choose three.)

A. Replace with Certificates signed by the VMware Certificate Authority.

B. Make VMware Certificate Authority an Intermediate Certificate Authority.
C. Do not use VMware Certificate Authority, provision your own Certificates.
D. Use SSL Thumbprint mode.
E. Replace all VMware Certificate Authority issued Certificates with self-signed Certificates.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
When attempting to log in with the vSphere Web Client, users have reported the error:

Incorrect Username/Password

The administrator has configured the Platform Services Controller Identity Source as:
Type. Active Directory as an LDAP Server
Domain: vmware.com
Alias: VMWARE
Default Domain: Yes

Which two statements would explain why users cannot login to the vSphere Web Client? (Choose two.)
A. Users are typing the password incorrectly.
B. Users are in a forest that has 1-way trust.
C. Users are in a forest that has 2-way trust.
D. Users are logging into vCenter Server with incorrect permissions.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Which group in the vsphere.local domain will have administrator privileges for the VMware Certificate Authority
(VMCA)?

A. SolutionUsers
B. CAAdmins
C. DCAAdmins
D. SystemConfiguration.Administrators

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Which Platform Service Controller Password Policy determines the number of days a password can exist
before the user must change it?

A. Maximum Lifetime
B. Password Age
C. Maximum Days
D. Password Lifetime

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
An administrator is configuring the clock tolerance for the Single Sign-On token configuration policy and wants
to define the time skew tolerance between a client and the domain controller clock.

Which time measurement is used for the value?

A. Milliseconds
B. Seconds
C. Minutes
D. Hours
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which VMware Single Sign-On component issues Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens?

A. VMware Security Token Service

B. Administration Server
C. VMware Directory Service
D. Identity Management Service

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Which two are valid Identity Sources when configuring vCenter Single Sign-On? (Choose two.)

A. Radius
B. NIS
C. OpenLDAP
D. LocalOS

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
An administrator needs to create an Integrated Windows Authentication (IWA) Identity Source on a newly
deployed vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA).

Which two actions will accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. Use a Service Principal Name (SPN) to configure the Identity Source.

B. Use a Domain administrator to configure the Identity Source.
C. Join the VCSA to Active Directory and configure the Identity Source with a Machine Account.
D. Create a computer account in Active Directory for the VCSA and configure the Identity Source.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 37
An administrator wants to reduce the memory overhead for a 3D graphics enabled virtual machine (VM).

What advanced feature can be added to the VM configuration file to reduce memory overhead?

A. vga.vgaOnly=TRUE
B. vga.svgaEnable=FALSE
C. svgaEnabled=FALSE
D. svgaDisable=TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
An administrator is building a large virtual machine that will require as many vCPUs as the host can support.
An ESXi 6.x host has these specifications:
Six 32-core Intel Xeon Processors
256 GB of Memory
512 GB Local disk space using VMFS5

What is the maximum number of virtual CPUs that the virtual machine can be allocated?

A. 64
B. 128
C. 192
D. 256

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which two features are available for virtual machines configured with DirectPath I/O? (Choose two.)

A. Fault Tolerance
B. Suspend and Resume
C. Virtual Symmetric Multi-Processing (vSMP)
D. Virtual Non-Uniform Memory Access (vNUMA)

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
An administrator is creating a new Content Library. It will subscribe to another remote Content Library without
authentication enabled.
What information from the published library will they need in order to complete the subscription?

A. Subscription URL
B. A security password from the publishing Content Library
C. Publisher's Items.json file
D. Username from the publishing Content Library

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
An administrator is assigning a user the Content Library administrator role. The user will only be creating the
library for a single vCenter Server.

What is the lowest level of the permission heirarchy that this role can be granted to the user and still allow them
to create a Content Library?

A. Global
B. Datacenter Folder
C. Virtual Center
D. Datacenter

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
A user notifies an administrator that Content Libraries are not visible.

What is a possible solution?

A. Assign the user the read-only role at the global permission level.
B. Assign the user the read-only role at the vCenter Server root level.
C. Assign the user the read-only role at the vCenter Server data center level.
D. Assign the user the read-only role at the vCenter Server cluster level.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
When a Content Library is deleted, what happens to the files contained on the backing storage?

A. The files will be unchanged.

B. The files will be deleted.
C. The files will remain and be marked as orphaned.
D. The containing folder will be marked as orphaned.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
Which three connection types are supported between a remote site and vCloud Air? (Choose three.)

A. Secure Internet Connectivity

B. Private Connect
C. Direct Connect
D. Internet Connectivity
E. Secure VPN

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
An administrator subscribes to the vCloud Air Disaster Recovery service.

Which replicated objects can be directly monitored and managed?

A. Virtual machine Snapshots

B. vApps
C. Virtual machines
D. ESXi Hosts

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator is adding an Active Directory over LDAP Identity Source for vCenter Single Sign-On, as
indicated in the Exhibit.

What is the correct value to configure for the Domain alias?

A. The domain's NetBIOS name.

B. The fully qualified domain name.
C. vsphere.local
D. A user defined label.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator is changing the settings on a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS). During this process, the ESXi
Management IP address is set to an address which can no longer communicate with the vCenter Server.

What is the most likely outcome of this action?

A. The host will disconnect from the vCenter Server and remain disconnected.
B. The host will automatically detect the communication issue and revert the change.
C. The host will stay connected with the change, but show an alert.
D. The host will disconnect and migrate the vDS portgroup to a standard switch.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
Which secondary Private VLAN (PVLAN) type can communicate and send packets to an Isolated PVLAN?

A. Community
B. Isolated
C. Promiscuous
D. Primary

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49
Which three traffic types can be configured for dedicated VMkernel adapters? (Choose three.)

A. Discovery traffic
B. vMotion traffic
C. vSphere Replication NFC traffic
D. Provisioning traffic
E. vSphere Custom traffic

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
What are two limitations of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a vSphere Distributed Switch?
(Choose two.)

A. IP Hash load balancing is not a supported Teaming Policy.

B. Software iSCSI multipathing is not compatible.
C. Link Status Network failover detection must be disabled.
D. It does not support configuration through Host Profiles.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
Which two features are deprecated in Network I/O Control 3 (NIOC3)? (Choose two.)

A. Class Of Service (COS) Tagging

B. Bandwidth Allocation
C. User-defined network resource pools
D. Admission control

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
An administrator runs the command esxcli storage core device list and sees the following output:
mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 Display Name: RAID 5 (mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0) Has Settable Display Name: false SizE.
40960 Device Type: Direct-Access Multipath Plugin: NMP Devfs Path: /vmfs/devices/disks/
mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 Status: off Is Local: true

What can be determined by this output?

A. The device is a being used for vFlash Read Cache.

B. The device is in a Permanent Device Loss (PDL) state.
C. The device is a local Solid State Device (SSD).
D. The device is in an All Paths Down (APD) state.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
What are two use cases for Fibre Channel Zoning in a vSphere environment? (Choose two.)

A. Increases the number of targets presented to an ESXi host.

B. Controls and isolates paths in a fabric.
C. Controls and isolates paths to an NFS share.
D. Can be used to separate different environments.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Which two considerations should an administrator keep in mind when booting from Software Fiber Channel
over Ethernet (FCoE)? (Choose two.)

A. Software FCoE boot configuration can be changed from within ESXi.

B. Software FCoE boot firmware cannot export information in FBFT format.
C. Multipathing is not supported at pre-boot.
D. Boot LUN cannot be shared with other hosts even on shared storage.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
An administrator notices that there is an all paths down (APD) event occurring for the software FCoE storage.

What is a likely cause?

A. Spanning Tree Protocol is enabled on the network ports.

B. Spanning Tree Protocol is disabled on the network ports.
C. Spanning Tree Protocol is enabled on the storage processors.
D. Spanning Tree Protocol is disabled on the storage processors.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
Which two statements are true regarding iSCSI adapters? (Choose two.)

A. Software iSCSI adapters require vmkernel networking.

B. Independent Hardware iSCSI adapters offload processing from the ESXi host.
C. Dependent Hardware iSCSI adapters do not require vmkernel networking.
D. Independent Hardware iSCSI adapters require vmkernel networking.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 57
An administrator is configuring virtual machines to use Worldwide Port Names (WWPNs) to access the
storage.

Which two conditions are required? (Choose two.)

A. The switches in the fabric must be N-Port ID Virtualization aware.

B. The virtual machines must be using passthrough Raw Disk Mapping (RDMp).
C. The virtual machines must be using Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK).
D. The switches in the fabric must be Storage I/O Control aware.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
Which two statements are true regarding VMFS3 volumes in ESXi 6.x? (Choose two.)

A. Creation of VMFS3 volumes is unsupported.

B. Upgrading VMFS3 volumes to VMFS5 is supported.
C. Existing VMFS3 volumes are unsupported.
D. Upgrading VMFS3 volumes to VMFS5 is unsupported.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Which three statements are correct regarding Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCOE)? (Choose three.)

A. The network switch must have Priority-based Flow Control (PFC) set to AUTO.
B. The network switch must have Priority-based Flow Control (PFC) set to ON.
C. Each port on the FCoE card must reside on the same vSwitch.
D. Each port on the FCoE card must reside on a separate vSwitch.
E. The ESXi host will require a reboot after moving an FCoE card to a different vSwitch.

Correct Answer: ADE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
Which two statements are true regarding Virtual SAN Fault Domains? (Choose two.)

A. They enable Virtual SAN to tolerate the failure of an entire physical rack.
B. Virtual SAN ensures that no two replicas are provisioned on the same domain.
C. Virtual SAN ensures that all replicas are provisioned on the same domain.
D. They require VMware High Availability (HA) to ensure component distribution across domains.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
An administrator created a six node Virtual SAN cluster, created a fault domain, and moved three of the six
nodes into that domain.

A node that is a member of the fault domain fails.

What is the expected result?

A. The remaining two fault domain members are treated as failed.

B. The remaining two fault domain members stay protected by the domain.
C. One of the non-member nodes will be automatically added to the fault domain.
D. VMware High Availability will restart virtual machines on remaining nodes in the domain.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62
Where is a Virtual SAN Fault Domain configured?

A. VMware Virtual SAN Cluster configuration

B. VMware High Availability Cluster configuration
C. Distributed Resource Scheduler configuration
D. Datacenter Advanced Settings configuration

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which statement is true for the Path Selection Plug-In VMW_PSP_MRU?

A. VMW_PSP_MRU is default for a majority of active-active and active-passive arrays.

B. VMW_PSP_MRU will remain on the selected path even if the state were to change.
C. VMW_PSP_MRU is recommended for Virtual SAN.
D. VMW_PSP_MRU will have no preferred path setting for the Plug-In.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
Which two tasks does the Pluggable Storage Architecture (PSA) perform? (Choose two.)

A. Handles I/O queueing to the logical devices.

B. Handles physical path discovery, but is not involved in the removal.
C. Handles physical path discovery and removal.
D. Handles I/O queueing to FC storage HBAs.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
Which two statements are true regarding Storage Multipathing Plug-Ins? (Choose two.)

A. The default Path Selection Policy is VMW_PSP_MRU for iSCSI or FC devices.

B. The default Path Selection Policy is VMW_PSP_FIXED for iSCSI or FC devices.
C. VMW_PSP_MRU is typically selected for ALUA arrays by default.
D. VMW_PSP_FIXED is typically selected for ALUA arrays by default.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
What is the command to list multipathing modules on an ESXi 6.x host?

A. esxcli storage core list plugin --plugin-class=MP

B. esxcli storage core list plugin --class-plugin=MP
C. esxcli storage core plugin list --plugin-class=MP
D. esxcli storage core plugin list --class-plugin=MP

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which two solutions require Physical Mode Raw Device Mapping (RDM)? (Choose two.)

A. Direct access to the storage array device

B. Virtual Machine Snapshots
C. Hardware Acceleration
D. Guest Clustering across ESXi hosts

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
A device's vStorage API for Array Integration (VAAI) support status command line output shows:

naa.500253825002a865 VAAI Plugin Name: ATS Status: unsupported Clone Status: unsupported Zero Status:
supported Delete Status: unsupported

What is the corresponding VAAI support status in the vSphere Web Client?

A. Unknown
B. Supported
C. Not supported
D. Unsupported

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69
Refer to the Exhibit.

What will be the result of selecting the highlighted device?

A. Datastore will grow up to 200.01GB using the remaining free space on the device.
B. Datastore will add 200.01GB by adding the device as a second extent.
C. The device size can be expanded to be larger than 200.01 GB in size.
D. The device is not suitable for this operation.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70
An administrator observes that virtual machine storage activity on an ESXi 6.x host is negatively affecting virtual
machine storage activity on another host that is accessing the same VMFS Datastore.

Which action would mitigate the issue?

A. Enable Storage IO Control.

B. Configure Storage DRS.
C. Enable the Dynamic Queue Depth Throttling option.
D. Configure the Disk.SchedNumReqOutstanding parameter.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71
An administrator is having a problem configuring Storage I/O Control on a Datastore.

Which two conditions could explain the issue? (Choose two.)

A. A host is running ESXi 4.0.

B. An ESXi host does not have appropriate licensing.
C. The vCenter Server version is 5.0.
D. The vCenter Server License is Standard.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72
Which three are requirements for configuring Storage I/O Control (SIOC)? (Choose three.)

A. The datastore must consist of only one extent.

B. The datastore is managed by a single vCenter Server.
C. Auto-tiered storage must be compatable with SIOC.
D. Auto-tiered storage must be SSD or SATA.
E. The datastore must be VMFS.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator wishes to provide Load Balanced I/O for the device shown in the Exhibit.

To meet this requirement, which setting should be changed?

A. Storage Array Type Policy = VMW_NMP_RR

B. Path Selection Policy = Round Robin (VMware)
C. Storage Array Type Policy = VMW_SATP_RR
D. Path Selection Policy = MRU (VMware)

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator is configuring a storage device as shown in the Exhibit.

What is the expected effect on the stated device after running the command?

A. I/O will rotate on all storage targets regardless of port group state.
B. I/O will rotate on all storage targets that are Active Optimized state only.
C. I/O will rotate on all storage targets that are Active Unoptimized state only.
D. I/O will rotate on all storage targets that are on Available Nodes only.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75
An administrator is upgrading an ESXi 5.5 host to ESXi 6.x and gets the following error:

MEMORY_SIZE

What does this indicate?

A. Insufficient memory on the ESXi host to complete the upgrade.

B. Insufficient memory for Auto Deploy to complete the upgrade.
C. Insufficient memory in vCenter Server to complete the upgrade.
D. Insufficient memory for Update Manager to complete the upgrade.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76
An administrator is upgrading an ESXi host from 5.5 to 6.0 and runs the following command:

esxcli software vib list --rebooting-image

What does this command show?

A. VIBs active after a reboot.

B. VIBs that require a reboot.
C. VIBs that are in the boot image.
D. VIBs that are third-party.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77
An administrator is performing a silent automatic update of VMware Tools on a Windows virtual machine.
What syntax needs to be entered into the Advanced Options box?

A. /s /v "/qn" /l "c:\Windows\filename.log"
B. --prefix=/usr/local,/usr/lib,/usr/doc --silent
C. --prefix=c:\Windows,c:\VMtools --silent
D. /fs /v "/qn+" /l "c:\Windows\filename.log"

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78
An administrator is writing a kickstart script to upgrade an ESXi 6.x host.

In which three locations can the script reside? (Choose three.)

A. NFS
B. USB
C. HTTP
D. TFTP
E. PXE

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79
Which file determines the location of the installation script during a scripted upgrade?

A. boot.cfg
B. ks.cfg
C. script.cfg
D. upgrade.cfg

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80
What three supported methods can be used to upgrade a host from ESXi 5.x to ESXi 6.x? (Choose three.)

A. vSphere Update Manager

B. vihostupdate
C. esxcli
D. vSphere Auto Deploy
E. esxupdate

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81
Which two supported tools can be used to upgrade virtual machine hardware? (Choose two.)

A. vSphere Web Client

B. vSphere Update Manager
C. vmware-vmupgrade.exe
D. esxcli vm hardware upgrade

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82
What are three recommended prerequisites before upgrading virtual machine hardware? (Choose three.)

A. Create a backup or snapshot of the virtual machine.

B. Upgrade VMware Tools to the latest version.
C. Verify that the virtual machine is stored on VMFS3, VMFS5, or NFS datastores.
D. Detach all CD-ROM/ISO images from the virtual machines.
E. Set the Advanced Parameter virtualHW.version = 11

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83
An administrator wants to upgrade to vCenter Server 6.x.

The vCenter Server:

Is hosted on a virtual machine server running Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2, with 8 vCPUs and 16GB
RAM.
Will have an embedded Platform Services Controller.
Hosts a Large Environment with 1,000 ESXi hosts and 10,000 Virtual Machines.

Why does the vCenter Server not meet the minimum requirements?

A. Windows Server 2008 R2 is not a supported Operating System for vCenter Server.
B. The virtual machine has insufficient resources for the environment size.
C. The environment is too large to be managed by a single vCenter Server.
D. The Platform Services Controller must be changed to an External deployment.
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84
An administrator has upgraded a Distributed vCenter Server environment from 5.5 to 6.0.

What is the next step that should be taken?

A. vCenter Inventory Service must be manually stopped and removed.

B. vCenter Inventory Service must be changed from manual to automatic.
C. vCenter Inventory Service must be manually stopped and restarted.
D. vCenter Inventory Service must be changed from automatic to manual.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85
When upgrading vCenter Server, an administrator notices that the upgrade fails at the vCenter Single Sign-On
installation.

What must be done to allow the upgrade to complete?

A. Verify that the VMware Directory service can stop by manually restarting it.
B. Verify that the vCenter Single Sign-On service can stop by manually restarting it.
C. Uninstall vCenter Single Sign-On service.
D. Uninstall the VMware Directory service.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86
During a vCenter Server upgrade, an ESXi 6.x host in a High Availability (HA) cluster fails.

Which statement is true?

A. HA will fail the virtual machines over to an available host during the vCenter Server upgrade process.
B. HA is unavailable during the vCenter Server upgrade process.
C. HA will fail the virtual machines over to an available host after the vCenter Server upgrade completes.
D. HA will successfully vMotion the virtual machines during the host failure.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87
An administrator is upgrading a vCenter Server Appliance and wants to ensure that all the prerequisites are
met.

What action must be taken before upgrading the vCenter Server Appliance?

A. Install the Client Integration Plug-in.

B. Install the database client.
C. Install the ODBC connector.
D. Install the Update Manager Plug-in.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88
An administrator is upgrading vCenter Server and sees this error:

The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server
with the selected DB. Please correct the following error(s): %s

Which two statements explain this error? (Choose two.)

A. The database is set to an unsupported compatibility mode.

B. The permissions for the database are incorrect.
C. The permissions for vCenter Server are incorrect.
D. The database server service has stopped.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89
Which two vCenter Server services are migrated automatically as part of an upgrade from a Distributed vCenter
Server running 5.x? (Choose two.)

A. vCenter Single Sign-on Service

B. vSphere Web Client
C. vSphere Inventory Service
D. Storage Policy Based Management

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 90
What command line utility can be used to upgrade an ESXi host?

A. esxcli
B. esxupdate
C. vihostupdate
D. esxcfg

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91
Which log file would you examine to identify an issue which occurred during the pre-upgrade phase of a
vCenter Server upgrade process?

A. vcdb_req.out
B. vcdb_export.out
C. vcdb_import.out
D. vcdb_inplace.out

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92
Which three statements are true when restoring a Resource Pool Tree? (Choose three.)

A. Distributed Resource Scheduler must be set to manual.

B. Restoring a snapshot can only be done on the same cluster from which it was taken.
C. No other resource pools can be present in the cluster.
D. Restoring a resource pool tree must be done in the vSphere Web Client.
E. Enabling Enhanced vMotion Compatibility on the cluster is required.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93
An administrator has created a resource pool named Marketing HTTP with a Memory Limit of 24 GB and a
CPU Limit of 10,000 MHz.

The Marketing HTTP resource pool contains three virtual machines:

Mktg-SQL has a memory reservation of 16 GB.
Mktg-App has a memory reservation of 6 GB.
Mktg-Web has a memory reservation of 4 GB.
What would happen if all three virtual machines are powered on?

A. All three virtual machines can power on, but will have memory contention.
B. All three virtual machines can power on without memory contention.
C. Only two of the three virtual machines can power on.
D. Only one of the virtual machines can power on.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator has configured a vSphere 6.x DRS cluster as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which statement is true?

A. A virtual machine can be powered on in the Test Resource Pool with a 6 GB Memory Reservation.
B. A virtual machine can be powered on in the Dev Resource Pool with a 8 GB Memory Reservation.
C. A virtual machine from both the Test Resource Pool and the Dev Resource Pool can be powered on with a
4 GB Memory Reservation.
D. No more virtual machines can be powered on due to insufficient resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95
Refer to the Exhibit.

-- Exhibit --

An administrator has created the DRS cluster shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which statement is true?

A. Under CPU contention, Prod-VM1 receives four times the CPU resources than Test-VM1.
B. The Prod-VM1 will always have more CPU resources than all other virtual machines.
C. The Test-VM2 will always have less CPU resources than all other virtual machines.
D. Under CPU contention, Test-VM1 will receive 25% of the total CPU resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96
VMware vSphere Replication protects virtual machines from partial or complete site failures by replicating
the virtual machines between which three sites? (Choose three.)

A. From a source site to a target site.

B. From within a single site from one cluster to another.
C. From multiple source sites to a shared remote target site.
D. From a single source site to multiple remote target sites.
E. From multiple source sites to multiple remote target sites.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97
Which two capabilities does the vSphere Replication Client Plug-in provide? (Choose two.)

A. Configure connections between vSphere Replication Sites.

B. Deploy and register additional vSphere Replication Servers.
C. Reconfigure the vSphere Replication Server.
D. Configure an external database for a vSphere Replication Site.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98
A vSphere Replication user needs to connect a source site to a target site.

What privilege is needed at both sites?

A. VRM remote.Manage VRM

B. VRM datastore mapper.Manage
C. Host.vSphere Replication.Manage replication
D. Virtual machine.vSphere Replication.Manage replication

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99
Which three parameters should be considered when calculating the bandwidth for vSphere Replication?
(Choose three.)
A. Data change rate
B. Traffic rates
C. Link speed
D. Application type
E. Hardware type

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100
When importing an existing SSL certificate into vSphere Replication Server, which file format is required?

A. PKCS#12
B. DER
C. PEM
D. PKCS#7

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101
Which keystore would a vSphere Replication administrator use to manually add an
additional Certificate Authority certificate?

A. hms-truststore.jks
B. hms-keystore.jks
C. certificates.ks
D. cacerts.ks

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102
What is the maximum number of snapshot instances in vSphere Replication that can be configured to recover
a virtual machine at a specific point in time?

A. 16
B. 24
C. 48
D. 72

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103
What is the compression algorithm used by vSphere Replication to compress data at the source?

A. FastLZ
B. Lz4
C. Lzr
D. Lzx

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104
Refer to the Exhibit.
A vSphere 6.x environment is configured with VMware Virtual Volumes (VVOLs). An administrator accesses
the cluster Actions menu, as shown in the Exhibit.

Which option is used to create a VVOL on an existing VVOL container?

A. Storage
B. Deploy OVF Template
C. New vApp
D. Settings

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105
Refer to the Exhibit.
What will be created upon completion of the steps in this wizard?

A. 100GB VMFS5 datastore with free space available for expansion

B. 100GB VMFS5 datastore with free space available for a second datastore
C. 100GB VMFS3 datastore
D. 200.01 GB VMFS5 datastore

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator is attempting to enable Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC), but receives the error shown in
the Exhibit.

Which condition would explain the error?

A. The ESXi hosts are not licensed for EVC.

B. The administrator does not have privileges to enable EVC.
C. The ESXi host CPU has the Intel No-Execute feature disabled.
D. The administrator has turned on Intel Virtualization Technology.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107
Refer to the Exhibit.

Refer to the Exhibit. The list of devices attached to vmhba1 will be the basis for configuring a VMware Virtual
SAN using Manual Mode.
Based on the exhibit, which two combinations of devices should be used to create Disk Group(s)? (Choose
two.)

A. One Disk Group with one Flash Drive and three HDDs
B. Two Disk Groups with one Flash Drive and two HDDs each
C. One Disk Group with one Flash Drive and four HDDs
D. Two Disk Groups with two Flash Drives and four HDDs each

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108
An administrator is unable to start the vCenter Server service. The vpxd.log file shows this service failure:

[13308 error 'Default' opID=622892-371bf717] CoreDump: Unable to write minidump [13308 error 'Default'
opID=622892-371bf717] error -2147024784 : There is not enough space on the disk.

What is preventing the start of the service?

A. Insufficient space on the vCenter Server

B. Insufficient space on the Database Server
C. Insufficient space on the VMFS volume
D. Insufficient space on the ESXi ramdisk

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109
After deploying a vSphere Platform Services Controller (PSC), an administrator is unable to install vCenter
Server. The error displayed is:
Could not contact Lookup Service. Please check VM_ssoreg.log.

Which two actions can be taken to correct this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Verify that the clocks on the host machines running the PSC, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client
are synchronized.
B. Configure a valid Identity Source for the Platform Services Controller in the vSphere Web Client.
C. Ensure that there is no firewall blocking port 7444 between the PSC and vCenter Server.
D. Uninstall and reinstall the Platform Services Controller software.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110
Which condition would cause a vCenter Server installation to fail when installing on a Windows virtual machine?

A. The virtual machine does not have at least four vCPUs.

B. The virtual machine is running Windows Server 2008.
C. The virtual machine has an E1000 network device.
D. The virtual machine does not have 16GB of RAM.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111
Which three ports are used by the vSphere Web Client when connecting directly to an ESXi 6.x host? (Choose
three.)

A. 443 TCP
B. 902 TCP and UDP
C. 903 TCP
D. 5480 TCP
E. 9443 TCP and UDP

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112
When attempting to connect to a vCenter Server, an administrator observes the following at the top of
the vSphere Web Client:

Could not connect to one or more vCenter Server Systems:https://vCenter.corp.com:443/sdk

What three reasons could be preventing the vSphere Web Client from communicating with this vCenter
Server? (Choose three.)

A. The vCenter Server machine is not responding via the network.

B. An incorrect entry for this vCenter Server exists in the Single Sign-On service.
C. The SSL certificates do not match the FQDN address for the server.
D. The Platform Services Controller is external to this vCenter Server.
E. The DNS entry for the vCenter Server is incorrect.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113
An administrator wants to allow users to login to the vSphere Web Client using the Use Windows session
authentication check box for faster authentication.
Which three requirements must be met for this feature to be available and functional? (Choose three.)

A. Install the vSphere Web Client Integration browser plug-in on the vCenter Server and Platform Services
Controller machines.
B. Install the vSphere Web Client Integration browser plug-in on each workstation from where a user will sign
in.
C. The users must be signed into Windows using Active Directory user accounts.
D. The administrator must create a valid Identity Source in Single Sign-On for the users domain.
E. The administrator must create a valid Single Sign-On Identity Source using Integrated Windows
Authentication.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114
An administrator is unable to see performance statistics for only the Past Week performance data. The vCenter
Server is using a Microsoft SQL Server Database.

What are three likely causes contributing to this issue? (Choose three.)

A. Performance statistics are turned off.

B. The Past Day rollup job is not present.
C. The stats_rollup_1_proc is not present.
D. The VMware Performance Charts Service is stopped.
E. The JDBC URL is incorrect in the vcdb.properties file.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115
An ESXi 6.x host in the vCenter Server inventory has disconnected due to an All Paths Down (APD) situation.
An administrator has corrected the APD issue on the host, but it still remains disconnected.

What action should the administrator take next?

A. Select Restart Management Agents from the DCUI.

B. Execute esxcli system settings advanced set -d /Scsi/FailVMIOonAPD.
C. Modify the advanced parameter /Disk/ApdTokenRetryCount.
D. Enable the advanced parameter /Misc/APDHandlingEnable.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 116
An administrator notices that the time on an ESXi 6.x host is incorrect.

Which two actions should the administrator take to correct this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Modify the time for the host using the vSphere client.
B. Correct the NTP settings in the /etc/ntp.conf file.
C. Configure NTP from the Direct Console User Interface.
D. Use the vicfg-ntp command from the vSphere Management Appliance.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117
Which command shows the Physical Uplink status for a vmnic?

A. esxcli network ip get

B. esxcli network nic list
C. esxcli network vmnic list
D. esxcli network ifconfig get

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118
An administrator decides to change the root password for an ESXi 6.x host to comply with the company's
security policies.

What are two ways that this can be accomplished? (Choose two.)

A. Use the Direct Console User Interface to change the password.

B. Use the passwd command in the ESXi Shell.
C. Use the password command in the ESXi Shell.
D. Use the vSphere client to update local users.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119
An administrator connects to an ESXi 6.x host console in order to shutdown the host.

Which option in the Direct Console User Interface would perform this task?

A. Press the F12 key

B. Press the F2 key
C. Press Alt + F1 simultaneously
D. Press Alt + F2 simultaneously

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120
An administrator is able to manage an ESXi 6.x host connected to vCenter Server using the vSphere Web
Client but is unable to connect to the host directly.

Which action should the administrator take to correct this behavior?

A. Restart management agents on the ESXi host.

B. Disable Lockdown Mode on the ESXi host through vCenter Server.
C. Disable the ESXi firewall with the command esxcli network firewall unload.
D. Reboot the ESXi host.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121
An administrator creates a custom ESXi firewall rule using an XML file, however the rules do not appear in the
vSphere Web Client.

Which action should the administrator take to correct the problem?

A. Load the new rules using esxcli network firewall reload.

B. Load the new rules using esxcli network firewall refresh.
C. Verify the entries in the XML file and then reboot the ESXi host.
D. Remove the ESXi host from the inventory and add it back.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122
An administrator needs two vCenter Servers to be visibile within a single vSphere Web Client session.

Which two vCenter Server and Platform Services Controller (PSC) configurations would accomplish this?
(Choose two.)

A. Install a single PSC with two vCenter Servers registered to it.

B. Install two PSCs in the same Single Sign-On domain with one vCenter Server registered to each PSC.
C. Install a single PSC with two vCenter Servers registered to it and configure Linked Mode.
D. Install two PSCs in the same Single Sign-On domain with one vCenter Server registered to each PSC and
configure Linked Mode.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123
An administrator wants to clone a virtual machine using the vSphere Client.

Which explains why the Clone option is missing?

A. The vSphere Client is directly connected to the ESXi host.

B. The virtual machine is configured with a thin-provisioned virtual disk.
C. The virtual machine is configured with outdated Virtual Hardware.
D. Cloning can only be performed with vRealize Orchestrator.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124
An administrator wants to power on a virtual machine (VM) while connected to an ESXi host using SSH. The
VM has the following Name and ID:
VM Name = SQL001
VMID = 12345

Which command would successfully power on the virtual machine?

A. vim-cmd vmsvc/power.on 12345

B. vim-cmd vmsvc/power.on SQL001
C. vmware-vim-cmd vmsvc/power.on 12345
D. vmware-vim-cmd vmsvc/power.on SQL001

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125
What will occur if the .nvram file is deleted from a powered off virtual machine?

A. The .nvram file will get created the next time the virtual machine is powered on.
B. Restoring the file from backup is needed to allow the virtual machine to power on.
C. The virtual machine will fail to power on and enter an Orphaned state.
D. The virtual machine will fail to power on and enter an Inaccessible state.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126
An administrator tries to connect the vSphere 5.5 Client to an ESXi 6.x host.

What will happen when this takes place?

A. The operation will fail, since the vSphere Client is deprecated in vSphere 6.x.
B. The operation will fail and the administrator will need to delete the client and install the 6.x version.
C. The operation will prompt the administrator to run a script to upgrade the vSphere Client.
D. The operation will update the vSphere Client silently in the background, then connect.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127
After successfully adding a new ESXi 6.x host to vCenter Server, an administrator sees it as Not Responding in
the vSphere Web Client interface a few minutes later.

If the issue is caused by a network firewall blocking traffic, which port must be opened to correct this specific
problem?

A. 443 (TCP)
B. 443 (UDP)
C. 902 (TCP)
D. 902 (UDP)

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128
An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between the vCenter Server and the ESXi 6.x
host.

Which log shows the interaction events between these components?

A. /var/log/syslog.log
B. /var/log/hostd.log
C. /var/log/vpxa.log
D. /var/log/fdm.log

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129
An administrator is observing slow performance of the vCenter Inventory Service and observes the entries from
the wrapper.log file:

Exception in thread "tomcat-exec-2" java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap spaceException in thread "http-

bio-0.0.0.0-10443-Acceptor-0" java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap space

What should the administrator do to resolve the problem?

A. Increase the memory resources of the vCenter Server.

B. Increase the values using cloudvm-ram-size.
C. Increase the memory resouces of the Platform Services Controller.
D. Increase the wrapper.java.maxmemory value in wrapper.conf.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130
An administrator is troubleshooting a virtual machine that has unexpectedly powered off.

Which two logs should be used to troubleshoot the issue? (Choose two.)

A. vmware.log
B. hostd.log
C. syslog.log
D. shell.log

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131
An administrator notices that one virtual machine is in an orphaned state.

What are two reasons that a virtual machine can appear as orphaned? (Choose two.)

A. A VMware High Availability host failure has occurred.

B. The virtual machine was unregistered directly on the host.
C. The ESXi host is disconnected.
D. The user does not have privilege to access the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132
What is the minimum Virtual Hardware version required for vFlash Read Cache?

A. Version 8
B. Version 9
C. Version 10
D. Version 11

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133
What are three reasons why a virtual machine might fail to power on? (Choose three.)

A. The virtual machine is running on an ESXi host which has an expired license.
B. The virtual machine is running on a datastore which has insufficient disk space for the .vswp file.
C. The virtual machine is in a cluster with vSphere HA Admission control enabled.
D. The virtual machine has a disconnected network adapter.
E. The virtual machine does not have a Virtual Hard Disk assigned.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134
What is the name of the command line utility that checks for VMFS5 metadata corruption?

A. vmkfstools --check
B. voma
C. vmfsanalyzer
D. esxcli vmfs check

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135
What are two reasons why a local flash device would be unavailable for use with Virtual SAN? (Choose two.)

A. It has a VMFS datastore present.

B. It is in use by the vFlash Read Cache feature.
C. It is smaller than the minimum capacity required for Virtual SAN usage.
D. It does not have any partitions created.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136
Which three troubleshooting actions should an administrator take to address slow performance when deploying
a virtual machine template? (Choose three.)

A. Increase network throughput by adding additional uplinks to the vSwitch.

B. Change the destination datastore or volume for the virtual machine template.
C. Configure a Provisioning Traffic vmkernel port to perform the deployment operation.
D. Reduce the size of the virtual machine template's virtual disk.
E. Deploy the virtual machine template to the cluster and allow Distributed Resource Scheduler to register the
virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137
When attempting to remove a host from a vSphere Distributed Switch (vDS), an administrator observes the
error message:

The resource '16' is in use

What are two reasons why this error would be displayed? (Choose two.)

A. VMkernel network adapters on the vDS are in use.

B. Virtual machine network adapters are connected to the vDS.
C. Network I/O Control has been configured on the vDS.
D. There is active network traffic on the vDS.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138
An administrator suspects that the MTU value for a vSphere Standard Switch is misconfigured.

Which two commands can determine the value? (Choose two.)

A. esxcfg-vswitch -l
B. esxcli network vswitch standard list
C. esxcfg-vss -l
D. esxcli network standard vswitch list
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 139
Deletion of an NFS datastore generates the following error:

Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status: Busy

Which step can be performed that will allow the deletion to complete successfully?

A. Storage vMotion any virtual machines on the datastore to another location.

B. Remove the datastore from the Storage DRS cluster in which it resides.
C. Verify the value of the NFS.HeartbeatDelta is not set to 0.
D. Suspend any running virtual machines and unmount the NFS datstore.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140
An administrator uses the df -h command and notices that an NFS datastore is reporting a capacity of 0 Bytes.

What condition would cause this to occur?

A. The NFS server on which the datastore resides is down.

B. The datastore was mounted as Read/Write.
C. The datastore was mounted as Read-Only.
D. The datastore was created with NFS version 4.1.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141
The command esxcli network vm list displays four virtual machines connected to the Production vSwitch.
Within the vSphere Web Client, five virtual machines are seen.

What explains this behavior?

A. The fifth virtual machine is currently powered off.

B. The fifth virtual machine has two vnics.
C. The fifth virtual machine has an invalid IP address.
D. The fifth virtual machine has an invalid MAC address.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142
An administrator is experiencing network connectivity issues between virtual machines. The virtual machines
and hosts are configured as follows:
VM1 is running on Host1
VM2 is running on Host2
Both Host1 and Host2 are attached to the vSphere Distributed Switch dvSwitch1
Both Host1 and Host2 are using vmnic0 and vmnic1 on dvSwitch1
Both virtual machines are using the default portgroup for network traffic

What are three settings the administrator should investigate while troubleshooting the connectivity issue?
(Choose three.)

A. VLANs of the physical NICs

B. Failover order of the uplinks
C. Virtual NIC connectivity to the dvSwitch
D. Security policy of the portgroup
E. Traffic shaping on the portgroup

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143
A task fails while creating a VMFS5 datastore on a disk with these characteristics:
Was previously used by a Linux server
Was not erased
Is visible with the vSphere Web Client

Which action can be performed to resolve the issue?

A. Delete the partitions on the disk manually with partedUtil first.

B. Create a VMFS3 file system first, then upgrade it.
C. Create the VMFS5 file system manually using vmkfstools.
D. Delete the data with the vmkfstools command.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144
A vSphere Web Client task fails while creating a VMFS datastore on a disk with these characteristics:
The disk was formatted with an Master Boot Record (MBR) partition table
The disk was not erased
The disk is visible in the vSphere Web Client
What action needs to be performed to resolve the issue?

A. Delete the partitions manually with partedUtil.

B. Create a VMFS3 file system first, then upgrade it.
C. Create a VMFS5 file system with the command esxcli storage filesystem add.
D. Delete the data with the vmkfstools command.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145
Which two reasons would prevent Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler (SDRS) from operating on a
datastore? (Choose two.)

A. The datastore has Storage I/O Control disabled.

B. The datastore is connected to an unsupported host.
C. The datastore is hosted on an NFS server.
D. The datastore is hosted on an iSCSI server.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146
What are two ways to view the DNS settings for an ESXi 6.x host? (Choose two.)

A. Use the vicfg-dns command from the vSphere Management Appliance.

B. View the /etc/resolv.conf file on the ESXi host.
C. Use vicfg-dns command on the ESXi host.
D. View the /etc/dns.conf file on the ESXi host.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147
After configuring a Virtual SAN cluster, an administrator using the vSphere Web Client notices that the Virtual
SAN datastore is smaller than expected. The cluster contains:
Three ESXi hosts
Each host has one 10GB SDD
Each host has one 100GB HDD

Why would the Virtual SAN datastore show as 100GB instead of 300GB?

A. There is a network problem with the Virtual SAN vmkernel ports.

B. The Virtual SAN VASA provider is disabled.
C. vSphere High Availability is enabled on the Virtual SAN cluster.
D. The Virtual SAN cluster must be managed using the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148
An administrator tries to capture network traffic for a virtual machine, but cannot see the expected traffic in the
packet capture tool.

Which step can resolve the problem?

A. Migrate the virtual machine to a Distributed Virtual Switch.

B. Enable Promiscous Mode on the relevant port group.
C. Modify the default value of MAC Address changes.
D. Enable Forged Transmits on the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149
An administrator creates a Private VLAN with a Primary VLAN ID of 2. The administrator than creates three
Private VLANs as follows:
Marketing
PVLAN ID. 4
PVLAN Type. Isolated
Accounting
PVLAN ID. 5
PVLAN Type. Community
Secretary
PVLAN ID. 17
PVLAN Type. Isolated

Users in the Accounting PVLAN are reporting problems communicating with servers in the Marketing PVLAN.

Which two actions could the administrator take to resolve this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Change the PVLAN type for the Accounting network to Promiscuous.

B. Change the PVLAN ID for the Accounting network to 2.
C. Change the PVLAN type for Marketing network to Promiscuous.
D. Change the PVLAN ID for Accounting network to 4.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 150
An administrator attempts to place a Storage DRS enabled Datastore into Maintenance Mode. The task never
completes, and the Entering Maintenance Mode status remains at 1%.

Which two actions should the administrator take to resolve this problem? (Choose two.)

A. Set the Storage DRS advanced option IgnoreAffinityRulesForMaintenance = 1.

B. Set the Storage DRS advanced option IgnoreAffinityRulesForMaintenance = 0.
C. Disable Storage DRS affinity rules associated with this datastore cluster.
D. Enable Storage DRS affinity rules associated with this datastore cluster.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151
Which two scenarios could cause Storage DRS to be disabled on a Virtual Disk (VMDK)? (Choose two.)

A. The VMDK is an independent disk.

B. The virtual machine has vSphere Fault Tolerance enabled.
C. The VMDK is hosted on NFS storage.
D. The virtual machine has a CD-ROM/ISO image connected.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator is using the esxtop command to troubleshoot storage performance issues on a virtual
machine. The esxtop capture is shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. The iSCSI device is experiencing high latency.

B. The ESXi kernel is experiencing high latency.
C. The Guest OS is experiencing high latency and response time.
D. The NFS device is experiencing high latency.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153
An administrator is unable to upgrade a vCenter Server Appliance from version 5.1 Update 2 to version 6.0.

What is a likely reason for this?

A. vCenter Server Appliance 6.0 does not support upgrades from version 5.1 Update 2.
B. vCenter Server Appliance must be joined to an Active Directory domain before upgrading to version 6.0.
C. vCenter Server Appliance 5.1 Update 2 uses an incompatible database for upgrading to version 6.0.
D. vCenter Server Appliance 6.0 must be upgraded using the vSphere Web Client.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154
An administrator has migrated a vCenter Server Appliance from version 5.5 to version 6.x. During the
migration, the administrator selected DHCP for the appliance and obtained a hostname from the DHCP server.
The administrator adjusts the hostname after the migration and uses a static IP and hostname.

What should the administrator do immediately after this change to prevent service failures?

A. Regenerate the SSL certificates.

B. Re-register components to Single Sign-On.
C. Update the /etc/hosts file.
D. Execute the command services.restart vmware-vpxd.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155
An administrator is unable to patch an ESXi 6.x host using VMware Update Manager.

What is an alternative option for patching a host?

A. Upload the offline bundle to a datastore and execute the command esxcli software vib install -d to apply it
manually.
B. Upload the vib to a datastore and execute the command esxcli software vib install -d to apply it manually.
C. Upload the offline bundle to a datastore and execute the command esxupdate install -v to apply it manually.
D. Upload the vib to a datastore and execute the command esxupdate install -v to apply it manually.
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156
Which three logs can be reviewed to troubleshoot a vCenter Server upgrade failure? (Choose three.)

A. vminst.log
B. vim-vcs-msi.log
C. pkgmgr.log
D. vc-upgrade.log
E. firstboot.log

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157
Attempting to update an ESXi 6.x host using the following command:

esxcli software vib update -d update.zip

Generates the following error:

Could not download from depot at /tmp/index.xml, skipping (('/tmp/index.xml', '', "[Errno 4] IOError: <urlopen
error [Errno 2] No such file or directory: '/tmp/index.xml'>")) url = /tmp/index.xml

What action should be taken to correct the problem?

A. Add the full file path to the command.

B. Use the update option instead of install.
C. Use the switch -d instead of -v.
D. Replace esxcli with esxupdate.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158
A failed upgrade from vCenter Server version 5.x to version 6.0 produces the following error:

[00800 error 'Default'] Database version id '600' is incompatible with this release of VirtualCenter.

What is the cause of the upgrade failure?

A. There was a database schema upgrade failure during the installation.

B. The VMWAREVCMSDS service was upgraded before the vCenter Server service.
C. The VMware Directory Service database failed during the installation.
D. There was an incompatible ODBC driver version for the database.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159
An administrator is troubleshooting a CPU performance issue for a virtual machine.

Which three esxtop counters may demonstrate CPU contention? (Choose three.)

A. %RDY
B. %RUN
C. %MLMTD
D. %WAIT
E. %CSTP

Correct Answer: ACE

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160
Users are reporting CPU related performance problems on the virtual machine Email-Prod throughout the day.

The resource settings for the VM and the ESXi host the VM is running on are shown below:

VM:
Email-Prod
vCPUs: 4
Memory: 96GB

ESXi host:
CPU: 2 x 8 Core Processors
Memory: 128GB
NUMA architecturE. 2 Nodes

Which two options would alleviate the observed performance problem for Email-Prod? (Choose two.)

A. Enable the advanced parameter Numa.PageMigEnable.

B. Enable the advanced parameter Numa.AutoMemAffinity.
C. Enable CPU affinity to separate 2 vCPUs for each NUMA node.
D. Enable CPU affinity to bind all vCPUs to one NUMA node.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 161
An administrator is troubleshooting a performance problem with a virtual machine (VM). The VM and ESXi host
configuration is as follows:
The application which runs within the virtual machine is highly sensitive to memory latency, but has low
processor utilization.
The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs.
The ESXi host CPU topology has 2 Physical CPU Sockets, each with 8 Logical CPUs.
The ESXi host CPU has Hyper Threading enabled.

The administrator would like to improve CPU performance for this VM. Other VMs on the host have no
performance issues. Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue?

A. Set the Advanced Parameter numa.vcpu.preferHT = TRUE in the virtual machine configuration file.
B. Set the Advanced Parameter numa.vcpu.preferHT = FALSE in the virtual machine configuration file.
C. Set the Advanced Parameter numa.PreferHT = 1 in the ESXi host configuration file.
D. Set the Advanced Parameter numa.PreferHT = 0 in the ESXi host configuration file.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162
An administrator has a virtual machine configured with the following settings:
ESXi version: 5.1
CPU: vCPUs 6
Memory: 48GB
Hardware version: 7
VMware Tools: Installed

Which two actions must the administrator take in order to utilize vNUMA? (Choose two.)

A. Upgrade the ESXi host to vSphere 5.5 or later.

B. Upgrade to Virtual Hardware version 8.
C. Configure numa.vcpu.min to 5
D. Configure numa.vcpu.min to 6

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 163
When troubleshooting a performance related issue, an administrator sees the following warning message
on an ESXi Console:

Significant imbalance between NUMA nodes detected. Performance may be impacted.

Which action should the administrator take to correct this problem?

A. Ensure that the RAM modules are evenly balanced between processor sockets in the physical server.
B. Ensure that all memory banks associated with CPU Socket 0 in the physical server are completely filled.
C. Ensure that the physical server has the maximum amount of RAM modules that it can support.
D. Ensure that all RAM modules in the host are Error-correcting code (ECC) modules.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164
An administrator observes the following symptoms for a virtual machine:
CPU usage is consistently above 90%
CPU ready value is consistently above 20%.
Application performance is impacted.

Which two actions should the administrator take to improve the performance of this virtual machine? (Choose
two.)

A. Increase the number of vCPUs assigned to this virtual machine.

B. Decrease the number of vCPUs assigned to this virtual machine.
C. Verify that VMware Tools is installed on every virtual machine on the host.
D. Increase the CPU shares assigned to the virtual machine.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165
An administrator is troubleshooting a CPU issue for a virtual machine. The following is seen in esxtop:
CPU0 is at 100% usage
The remaining logical CPUs are close to 0%
%RDY value is consistently above 10%

What is likely the cause of the CPU issue?

A. The virtual machine has a CPU limit configured.

B. The virtual machine's guest operating system is configured for SMP.
C. The virtual machine has CPU affinity configured.
D. The virtual machine is configured with a CPU reservation.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 166
An administrator notices that 8 out of 10 virtual machines have memory ballooning and swapping.
However, virtual machine 9 is not ballooning or swapping and virtual machine 10 is not ballooning but is
swapping.

Which two statements explain the behavior of virtual machine 9 and virtual machine 10? (Choose two.)

A. Virtual machine 9 has a 100% memory reservation.

B. Virtual machine 10 has a memory limit configured.
C. Virtual machine 9 has memory shares set to HIGH.
D. Virtual machine 10 does not have VMware Tools enabled or installed.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167
An administrator is troubleshooting a virtual machine performance issue using vRealize Operations.

Which two badges would help to identify possible resource contention concerns? (Choose two.)

A. Health > Workload

B. Health > Faults
C. Risk > Time Remaining
D. Risk > Stress

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168
A virtual machine is exhibiting these symptoms:
Memory usage is constantly high (94% or greater) or constantly low (24% or less).
Free memory is consistently 6% or less and swapping frequently occurs

Which three solutions could correct this problem? (Choose three.)

A. Verify that VMware Tools is installed on each virtual machine.

B. Decrease the memory reservation setting, if higher than active memory.
C. Add physical memory to the host.
D. Disable the balloon driver in each virtual machine.
E. Create a memory limit for each virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169
An administrator is concerned about possible vCPU over-commitment for an ESXi 6.x host.
Which two Performance Counters should be reviewed in the vSphere Web Client Performance Charts to
confirm if there is contention on the host? (Choose two.)

A. Wait
B. Ready
C. Core Utilization
D. Co-Stop

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170
An administrator tries to run esxtop to troubleshoot CPU performance issues, but no output is displayed.

How can the issue be resolved?

A. esxtop is deprecated in vSphere 6.x, resxtop must be used to produce the desired output.
B. In esxtop, press f and place an asterisk next to each field that should be displayed.
C. sudo should be run in front of esxtop to give the administrator the proper permissions.
D. The esxtop command must be run from the /proc directory to produce output.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator is troubleshooting a CPU performance related problem for the SlowVM virtual machine.

Which three actions should the administrator take to improve CPU performance for SlowVM? (Choose three.)

A. Increase the number of vCPUs assigned to SlowVM.

B. Decrease the number of vCPUs assigned to SlowVM.
C. Power off other VMs running on the same ESXi host.
D. Increase the CPU limit for SlowVM.
E. Move SlowVM to another ESXi host with more physical CPU resources available.

Correct Answer: BCE

Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172
Refer to the Exhibit.

Examine the esxtop command output shown in the Exhibit.

Which option would improve application performance for the SlowVM virtual machine?

A. Increase the number of vCPUs provided to SlowVM.

B. Decrease the number of vCPUs provided to SlowVM.
C. Move SlowVM to another ESXi host with more physical CPU resources available.
D. Increase the CPU limit assigned to SlowVM.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173
An administrator notices that a Windows virtual machine is using 95% CPU in Task Manager.

Which two actions should be taken to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Increase the memory reservation of the virtual machine.

B. Increase the CPU Shares on the resource pool where the virtual machine resides.
C. Decrease the CPU reservation of the virtual machine.
D. Increase the CPU limit on the resource pool where the virtual machine resides.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174
An administrator wants to select a Host Power Management Policy for an ESXi 6.x host that will disable most
hardware power management features.

Which Host Power Management Policy should be selected to meet this requirement?

A. High Performance
B. Balanced
C. Low Power
D. Disabled

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175
An administrator wants to monitor virtual machines on a host and send notifications when memory usage
reaches 80%.

What should the administrator create in vCenter Server to accomplish this?

A. A host alarm that will monitor virtual machine memory usage and set a trigger to email the notification.
B. A vCenter Server alarm that will monitor virtual machine memory usage and set an action to email the
notification.
C. A host alarm that will monitor virtual machine memory usage and set an action to email the notification.
D. A vCenter Server alarm that will monitor virtual machine memory usage and set a trigger to email the
notification.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176
What is the name of the High Availability agent log?

A. fdm.log
B. ha.log
C. vpxa.log
D. aam.log

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177
An administrator is attempting to enable Legacy Fault Tolerance (FT) on a virtual machine and observes the
following in the vSphere Web Client:

Fault Tolerance has not been licensed on host <hostname>.

What is the minimum licensed edition that supports this configuration?

A. Standard
B. Enterprise
C. Enterprise Plus
D. Essentials Plus
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178
An administrator is attempting to enable Fault Tolerance on a virtual machine with 4 vCPUs and observes the
following in the vSphere Web Client:

Fault Tolerance has not been licensed on host <hostname>.

What is the minimum licensed edition that supports this configuration?

A. Enterprise
B. Enterprise Plus
C. Standard
D. Essentials Plus

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179
When attempting to place a datastore in Maintenance Mode, the task remains at 1%.

What are two potential causes for this? (Choose two.)

A. Storage DRS is disabled on one or more virtual machine(s) disk(s).

B. Storage DRS rules prevent migration recommendations for the disk.
C. Storage DRS datastores have insufficient space to accommodate failover.
D. Storage DRS provisioning network has been limited with I/O control policies.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180
What are two likely causes for a DRS cluster to become unbalanced? (Choose two.)

A. Migration threshold is too low.

B. Affinity rules are preventing virtual machines from being moved.
C. A device is mounted to a virtual machine preventing vMotion.
D. Migration cost is too low.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181
Which two scenarios would cause a Fault Tolerance-enabled virtual machine to fail to power the Secondary
virtual machine? (Choose two.)

A. The host has entered a Network Partitioned state.

B. vSphere High Availability (HA) is disabled on the host cluster.
C. Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled on the host cluster.
D. vSphere Distributed Power Management (DPM) is enabled on the host cluster.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator is reviewing a vSphere Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) enabled Cluster and observes
unexpected behavior as shown in the Exhibit.

What are three potential causes of the cluster imbalance? (Choose three.)

A. A local device is mounted to one or more virtual machines.

B. DRS rules prevent virtual machines from being moved.
C. vMotion is not configured and enabled.
D. There are insufficient cluster resources to perform the migration.
E. DRS has been configured for a conservative migration threshold.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 183
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator receives vRealize Operations alerts for the Health of the virtual machine PVMAPP_0 as
shown in Exhibit 1:

The administrator clicks on the Analysis pane, as shown in Exhibit 2:

Based on the exhibits, what action would correctly address the performance problems observed?

A. Increase the number of vCPUs for PVMAPP_0.

B. Increase the allocation of memory for PVMAPP_0.
C. Increase the Memory limit for PVMAPP_0.
D. Increase the reservation in MHz for vCPUs for PVMAPP_0.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184
Which two identification sources can a vSphere Auto Deploy rule use to identify target hosts? (Choose two.)

A. Processor Serial Number

B. Security Identifier
C. SMBIOS information
D. BIOS UUID

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185
An administrator has decided to create 10 ESXi 6.x hosts via Auto Deploy for a new Test/Dev cluster. The
hosts are configured to obtain their networking configuration via DHCP.

Which Direct Console User Interface option should the administrator use to renew the DHCP lease for the
hosts?

A. Restore Network Settings

B. Test Management Network
C. Restart Management Network
D. Network Restore Options

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186
An administrator is deploying ESXi 6.x hosts using Auto Deploy and wants the image profile to be available,
even after closing and opening a new PowerCLI window.

Which command can be used to ensure that image profiles are preserved across PowerCLI sessions?

A. Set-EsxImageProfile
B. Export-EsxImageProfile
C. Save-EsxImageProfile
D. Preserve-EsxImageProfile

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187
Which two are valid compliance results that indicate the need to apply a Host Profile? (Choose two.)

A. Non-compliant
B. Inconsistent
C. Unknown
D. Disconnected

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188
An administrator is using Auto Deploy to create several ESXi 6.x hosts that will be connected to a vSphere
Distributed Switch. After the hosts are deployed, the administrator notices that LACP packets are not being sent
between them.

Which statement best describes why this issue is occuring?

A. LACP is not enabled on the vCenter Server.

B. The LACP support settings do not exist in the host profile.
C. The LACP installation bundle is not included in the image profile.
D. LACP has not been configured on the Auto Deploy server.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189
An administrator plans to use VMware Converter Standalone to convert a virtual machine to a vSphere
environment. The source virtual machine has these properties:
Running Windows 2008 R2
Contains one NTFS formatted volume

During conversion, how many virtual disks can the administrator add to the destination virtual machine?

A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190
An administrator needs to migrate a legacy physical application server to a virtual machine within a vSphere
6 cluster. As part of the conversion, the administrator must reduce the size of the virtual disks.

What action should the administrator take to create a virtual machine with smaller virtual disks than the original
physical server?

A. Shut down the physical server and use VMware Converter cold cloning with volume-based cloning at the
disk level.
B. Use VMware Converter hot cloning with volume-based cloning at the block level.
C. Shut down the physical server and use VMware Converter cold cloning with volume-based cloning at the file
level.
D. Use VMware Converter hot cloning with volume-based cloning at the file level.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191
An administrator needs to recover disk space on a previously-used thin provisioned virtual disk. The volumes
where the administrator needs to recover the disk blocks are on VAAI-compliant storage arrays.

Which two actions should the administrator take accomplish this task? (Choose two.)

A. Perform a Storage vMotion to another volume in order to force free space recovery to occur. This recreates
the volume in a new location and recovers all unused space.
B. Use VMware Converter to migrate the virtual machine to a new datastore. This will recreate the volumes
and recover all unused space.
C. Issue the vmkfstools -vmfs unmap command within the VMFS volume directory on the ESXi host console.
D. Execute the esxcli storage vmfs unmap command.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192
Refer to the Exhibit.

A vSphere 6.x DRS cluster is configured as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which statement is true?

A. A virtual machine can be powered on in the Web Resource Pool with a 3 GHz CPU Reservation.
B. A virtual machine can be powered on in the Web Resource Pool with a 4 GHz CPU Reservation.
C. A virtual machine can be powered on in the DB Resource Pool with a 3 GHz CPU Reservation.
D. A virtual machine can be powered on in the DB Resource Pool with a 4 GHz CPU Reservation.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193
An administrator wants to set a non-default isolation address of 192.168.1.2 for High Availability.

Which advanced setting would accomplish this task?

A. Das.isolationaddress0=192.168.1.2
B. Das.useisolationaddress0=192.168.1.2
C. Das.defaultisolationaddress0=192.168.1.2
D. Das.haisolationaddress0=192.168.1.2

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194
How does vSphere High Availability calculate the memory slot size of a virtual machine?

A. Virtual machine memory reservation + overhead of largest virtual machine

B. Virtual machine memory reservation - overhead of largest virtual machine
C. Virtual machine memory reservation + overhead of smallest virtual machine
D. Virtual machine memory reservation - overhead of smallest virtual machine

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator receives the error message shown in the Exhibit.

Which two actions can be taken to clear the warning? (Choose two.)

A. Add a Virtual SAN datastore and configure it for High Availability heartbeating.
B. Set the advanced High Availability parameter Das.heartbeatdsperhost to 1.
C. Set the advanced High Availability parameter Das.ignoreInsufficientHbDatastore to true.
D. Add a shared datastore and reconfigure High Availability.

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196
In a vSphere High Availability cluster, what is the VM Monitoring I/O stats interval default value?

A. 60 seconds
B. 90 seconds
C. 120 seconds
D. 180 seconds

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197
An administrator enables High Availability (HA) on a Virtual SAN cluster.

There are four vmkernel port groups with the following IP addresses assigned:
Management: 192.168.12.10
vMotion: 192.168.13.10
Virtual SAN: 192.168.14.10
Fault TolerancE. 192.168.15.10

Which IP address will HA use for traffic?

A. 192.168.12.10
B. 192.168.13.10
C. 192.168.14.10
D. 192.168.15.10

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 198
An administrator wants to configure a High Availability cluster to allow virtual machines a 10 minute window to
shut down in the event of a Host Isolation incident.

What two configuration settings would satisfy this requirement? (Choose two.)

A. Set the advanced option das.isolationshutdowntimeout = 10.

B. Set the advanced option das.isolationshutdowntimeout = 600.
C. Configure Host Isolation Response to Shut Down and Restart VMs.
D. Configure Host Isolation Response to Power Off and Restart VMs.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199
A vSphere 6 High Availability cluster has been configured with default settings. Four virtual machines in the
cluster have been configured with these priorities:
Prod-DB. High
Prod-Email: High
Prod-VC. Medium
Dev-VDI: Low

How many VM Overrides would need to be defined at the cluster level to meet the restart priorities?

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200
Which two settings are required for Virtual Machine Component Protection (VMCP) to protect from All Paths
Down (APD) and Permanent Device Loss (PDL)? (Choose two.)

A. Host Monitoring
B. VM Restart Priority
C. Virtual machine Monitoring
D. Response for Host Isolation

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201
Which two options are available in the Virtual Machine Component Protection (VMCP)
setting Response for Datastore with All Paths Down (APD)? (Choose two.)

A. Issue Events
B. Power off and restart virtual machines
C. Reset virtual machines
D. Leave Powered On
Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 202
Which two statements regarding Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) affinity rules are true? (Choose two.)

A. When two VM-VM affinity rules conflict, the older one takes precedence and the newer rule is disabled.
B. Using Specify Failover Hosts admission control policy, VM-VM affinity rules are not supported.
C. DRS gives higher precedence to preventing violations of anti-affinity rules than violations of affinity rules.
D. It is not possible to create an affinity rule that conflicts with the other rules being used.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator has configured Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) groups and Affinity Rules as shown in
the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. If ESXi-A and ESXi-D failed, VM-A and VM-B would not failover.
B. A new conflicting affinity rule will be disabled by default.
C. VM-B and VM-D can run on the same hosts.
D. The administrator must disable Rule3 in order to enable Rule4.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204
An administrator wants to prevent a priority virtual machine that resides in a vSphere DRS cluster from
migrating to other hosts in the cluster.

What configuration step will accomplish this without affecting other virtual machines?

A. Set VM Overrides to Partially Automated.

B. Set VM Overrides to Manual.
C. Configure a VM/Host Rule with the setting Must run on hosts in group.
D. Configure a VM/Host Rule with the setting Should run on hosts in group.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205
Refer to the Exhibit.

The Prod-DB virtual machine has a VM Override as shown in the Exhibit.

What step, it taken, would require all virtual machines in the cluster to migrate automatically?

A. Deselect the virtual machine from VM Overrides.

B. Add all virtual machines to the VM Overrides.
C. Change Response for Host Isolation to Use Cluster Settings.
D. Change the Automation level to Use Cluster Settings.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 206
Refer to the Exhibit.

An administrator reviews the Health of a virtual machine, as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which three metrics can be used to determine the virtual machine's Workload
characteristics? (Choose three.)

A. CPU
B. Memory
C. Network IO
D. Threads
E. vNUMA Stats

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator wants to increase the capacity of a VMFS5 datastore; but the Increase Size by slider
is not available, as shown in the Exhibit.

How should the administrator resolve this problem?

A. Select a valid partition configuration from the drop-down menu.

B. Use fdisk utility to manually resize the partition.
C. Use the mouse to resize the partition indicated in the Partition Layout.
D. Clicking Next will prompt for available usable space.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator recently created a Virtual SAN but no Storage Policies were defined. A few virtual machines
were deployed to this cluster. The administrator analyzes the default Virtual SAN policy as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Losing one cluster node will not affect data availability.

B. Losing one Hard Disk in a cluster node will not affect data availability.
C. Creating a virtual machine Swap file will fail if it violates default storage policy.
D. Creating a virtual machine will succeed even if it violates default storage policy.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209
Refer to the Exhibit.

A Storage Policy for a Virtual SAN is set to the default policy, as shown in the Exhibit.
Which change would reduce the storage consumption by one third?

A. Number of failures to tolerate = 1

B. Number of disk stripes per object = 2
C. Number of failures to tolerate = 3
D. Number of disk stripes per object = 1

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210
Refer to the Exhibit.

Which tab shows the Hardware Acceleration support status?

A. Devices
B. Properties
C. Paths
D. Advanced Options

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator is troubleshooting intermittent poor performance of virtual machines in a vSphere 6.x cluster.
Investigating esxtop data shows that the only statistic that stands out is %CSTP as depicted in Exhibit 1:

The administrator proceeds to switch to the Power Management screen and observes the data depicted in
Exhibit 2:

Based on the information in the exhibits, which two configurations are probable causes of the poor
performance? (Choose two.)
A. The active power policy is set to Low Power.
B. The host has active Sleep States configured in the BIOS.
C. The active power policy is set to High Performance.
D. The host has active Power States configured in the BIOS.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212
An administrator has recently configured HA on a cluster. After reviewing the summary tab on one of the hosts,
the warning in Exhibit 1 is displayed:

The administrator proceeds to view the management network port group data shown in Exhibit 2:

The administrator then views the management network vSwitch as shown in Exhibit 3:

Based on the exhibits, which two steps should be taken to ensure redundancy on the management network?
(Choose two.)

A. Move vmnic1 to Standby adapters.

B. Add an additional vmknic to the Network Adapters and move it to Active adapters.
C. Set the advanced HA configuration parameter das.ignoreRedundantNetWarning to True.
D. Uncheck the Override Failover Checkbox on the management network port group.
Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213
Refer to the Exhibit.

The Exhibit shows the status of vmhba32 and vmhba33 as Unbound.

What is a likely reason for this status?

A. The host bus adapter is not associated with a vmknic.

B. The Dynamic Target Discovery was not configured.
C. The Static Target Discovery was not configured.
D. The host bus adapter is not associated with a vmnic.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214
Refer to the Exhibit.
-- Exhibit --
Review the Exhibit. An administrator has configured permissions for a group called VMGroup and a user
named VMUser. A new Role has been created called PowerVM. The group and role have these
charecteristics:
PowerVM role can power on VMs
VMGroup granted PowerVM role on VMFolder
VMUser is a member of VMGroup
VMUser granted No Access on VMFolder

Based on the exhibit, which statement best explains why VMUser is denied access to the VMFolder?

A. The VMUser permission overrides the VMGroup permission.

B. The No Access role overrides the PowerVM role.
C. The VMGroup permission overrides the VMUser permission.
D. The PowerVM role overrides the No Access role.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator would like to add Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) to an iSCSI adapter.
The administrator accesses the Storage Adapters menu as shown in the Exhibit.

In which tab can the task be accomplished?

A. Properties
B. Advanced Options
C. Targets
D. Devices

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator receives an error on a vSphere cluster as shown in the Exhibit.

Based on the exhibit, which three configuration changes can resolve the error? (Choose three.)

A. Change the Admission Control policy for the cluster.

B. Adjust CPU and Memory reservations of the virtual machines.
C. Increase the amount of failover resources in the cluster.
D. Reconfigure the ESXi host cluster for High Availability.
E. Disable Virtual Machine Monitoring.

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator manages a High Availability (HA)/Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS)-enabled cluster and
has configured the affinity rule shown in the Exhibit.

Which two statements best describe the configuration shown in the exhibit? (Choose two.)

A. HA will not failover Marketing to ESXi hosts that are not in the Host Group.
B. HA will failover Marketing to ESXi hosts that are not in the Host group.
C. DRS will attempt to keep Marketing on the ESXi host 10.21.38.106.
D. DRS will not attempt to keep Marketing on the ESXi host 10.21.28.106.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218
Refer to the Exhibit.
An administrator has configured a firewall rule as shown in the Exhibit.

Which statement best describes the ESXi 6.x firewall rule?

A. Connections from the ESXi host to all devices on the 192.168.1.0 network and 192.168.2.220 on port 22 are
allowed.
B. Connections coming from IP addresses from the 192.168.1.0 network and 192.168.2.220 on port 22 are
allowed.
C. TCP Connections coming from IP addresses from the 192.168.1.0 network and 192.168.2.220 on port 22
are not allowed.
D. TCP Connections from the ESXi host to all devices on the 192.168.1.0 network and 192.168.2.220 on port
22 are not allowed.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference: